Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-arc.c revision 1.1.1.3
      1      1.1  christos /* tc-arc.c -- Assembler for the ARC
      2  1.1.1.3  christos    Copyright (C) 1994-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1.1.2  christos 
      4  1.1.1.2  christos    Contributor: Claudiu Zissulescu <claziss (at) synopsys.com>
      5      1.1  christos 
      6      1.1  christos    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
      7      1.1  christos 
      8      1.1  christos    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      9      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     10      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     11      1.1  christos    any later version.
     12      1.1  christos 
     13      1.1  christos    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     14      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     15      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     16      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     17      1.1  christos 
     18      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     19      1.1  christos    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     20      1.1  christos    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     21      1.1  christos    02110-1301, USA.  */
     22      1.1  christos 
     23      1.1  christos #include "as.h"
     24  1.1.1.2  christos #include "subsegs.h"
     25      1.1  christos #include "struc-symbol.h"
     26  1.1.1.2  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     27  1.1.1.3  christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     28      1.1  christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
     29  1.1.1.2  christos 
     30      1.1  christos #include "opcode/arc.h"
     31      1.1  christos #include "elf/arc.h"
     32  1.1.1.3  christos #include "../opcodes/arc-ext.h"
     33      1.1  christos 
     34  1.1.1.2  christos /* Defines section.  */
     35      1.1  christos 
     36  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS      2
     37  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_CONSTR_STR       20
     38  1.1.1.3  christos #define FRAG_MAX_GROWTH      8
     39  1.1.1.2  christos 
     40  1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef DEBUG
     41  1.1.1.2  christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...) fprintf (stderr, fmt, ##args)
     42  1.1.1.2  christos #else
     43  1.1.1.2  christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...)
     44  1.1.1.2  christos #endif
     45  1.1.1.2  christos 
     46  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAJOR_OPCODE(x)  (((x) & 0xF8000000) >> 27)
     47  1.1.1.2  christos #define SUB_OPCODE(x)	 (((x) & 0x003F0000) >> 16)
     48  1.1.1.3  christos #define LP_INSN(x)	 ((MAJOR_OPCODE (x) == 0x4) && \
     49  1.1.1.2  christos 			  (SUB_OPCODE (x) == 0x28))
     50  1.1.1.2  christos 
     51  1.1.1.2  christos /* Equal to MAX_PRECISION in atof-ieee.c.  */
     52  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
     53  1.1.1.2  christos 
     54  1.1.1.3  christos #ifndef TARGET_WITH_CPU
     55  1.1.1.3  christos #define TARGET_WITH_CPU "arc700"
     56  1.1.1.3  christos #endif /* TARGET_WITH_CPU */
     57  1.1.1.3  christos 
     58  1.1.1.3  christos /* Enum used to enumerate the relaxable ins operands.  */
     59  1.1.1.3  christos enum rlx_operand_type
     60  1.1.1.3  christos {
     61  1.1.1.3  christos   EMPTY = 0,
     62  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER,
     63  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_S,     /* Register for short instruction(s).  */
     64  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_NO_GP, /* Is a register but not gp register specifically.  */
     65  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_DUP,   /* Duplication of previous operand of type register.  */
     66  1.1.1.3  christos   IMMEDIATE,
     67  1.1.1.3  christos   BRACKET
     68  1.1.1.3  christos };
     69  1.1.1.3  christos 
     70  1.1.1.3  christos enum arc_rlx_types
     71  1.1.1.3  christos {
     72  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_NONE = 0,
     73  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_BL_S,
     74  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_BL,
     75  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_B_S,
     76  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_B,
     77  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_U3,
     78  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_U6,
     79  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM,
     80  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_U7,
     81  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_S9,
     82  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM,
     83  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_U8,
     84  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_S12,
     85  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM,
     86  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_U3,
     87  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_U6,
     88  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM,
     89  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MPY_U6,
     90  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM,
     91  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6,
     92  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM,
     93  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6,
     94  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM,
     95  1.1.1.3  christos };
     96  1.1.1.3  christos 
     97  1.1.1.2  christos /* Macros section.  */
     98  1.1.1.2  christos 
     99  1.1.1.2  christos #define regno(x)		((x) & 0x3F)
    100  1.1.1.2  christos #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & ~0x3F) == 0)
    101  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_code_density_p(sc)   (((sc) == CD1 || (sc) == CD2))
    102  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_spfp_p(op)           (((sc) == SPX))
    103  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_dpfp_p(op)           (((sc) == DPX))
    104  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_fpuda_p(op)          (((sc) == DPA))
    105  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_br_jmp_insn_p(op)    (((op)->insn_class == BRANCH || (op)->insn_class == JUMP))
    106  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_kernel_insn_p(op)    (((op)->insn_class == KERNEL))
    107  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_nps400_p(op)         (((sc) == NPS400))
    108      1.1  christos 
    109  1.1.1.2  christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    110  1.1.1.2  christos    targets.  */
    111      1.1  christos 
    112  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    113      1.1  christos const char comment_chars[] = "#;";
    114      1.1  christos 
    115  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    116      1.1  christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    117      1.1  christos 
    118  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    119  1.1.1.2  christos    single line.  */
    120  1.1.1.2  christos const char line_separator_chars[] = "`";
    121      1.1  christos 
    122  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    123  1.1.1.2  christos    point number.  */
    124      1.1  christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    125      1.1  christos 
    126      1.1  christos /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant
    127      1.1  christos    As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.  */
    128      1.1  christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdD";
    129      1.1  christos 
    130      1.1  christos /* Byte order.  */
    131      1.1  christos extern int target_big_endian;
    132      1.1  christos const char *arc_target_format = DEFAULT_TARGET_FORMAT;
    133      1.1  christos static int byte_order = DEFAULT_BYTE_ORDER;
    134      1.1  christos 
    135  1.1.1.3  christos /* Arc extension section.  */
    136  1.1.1.3  christos static segT arcext_section;
    137  1.1.1.3  christos 
    138  1.1.1.3  christos /* By default relaxation is disabled.  */
    139  1.1.1.3  christos static int relaxation_state = 0;
    140  1.1.1.3  christos 
    141  1.1.1.2  christos extern int arc_get_mach (char *);
    142      1.1  christos 
    143  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
    144  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_lcomm (int);
    145  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_option (int);
    146  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_extra_reloc (int);
    147  1.1.1.3  christos static void arc_extinsn (int);
    148  1.1.1.3  christos static void arc_extcorereg (int);
    149      1.1  christos 
    150  1.1.1.2  christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
    151  1.1.1.2  christos {
    152  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Make sure that .word is 32 bits.  */
    153  1.1.1.2  christos   { "word", cons, 4 },
    154      1.1  christos 
    155  1.1.1.2  christos   { "align",   s_align_bytes, 0 }, /* Defaulting is invalid (0).  */
    156  1.1.1.2  christos   { "lcomm",   arc_lcomm, 0 },
    157  1.1.1.2  christos   { "lcommon", arc_lcomm, 0 },
    158  1.1.1.2  christos   { "cpu",     arc_option, 0 },
    159  1.1.1.2  christos 
    160  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extinstruction",  arc_extinsn, 0 },
    161  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extcoreregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_CORE_REGISTER },
    162  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extauxregister",  arc_extcorereg, EXT_AUX_REGISTER },
    163  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extcondcode",     arc_extcorereg, EXT_COND_CODE },
    164  1.1.1.3  christos 
    165  1.1.1.2  christos   { "tls_gd_ld",   arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD },
    166  1.1.1.2  christos   { "tls_gd_call", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL },
    167  1.1.1.2  christos 
    168  1.1.1.2  christos   { NULL, NULL, 0 }
    169  1.1.1.2  christos };
    170      1.1  christos 
    171      1.1  christos const char *md_shortopts = "";
    172      1.1  christos 
    173      1.1  christos enum options
    174      1.1  christos {
    175      1.1  christos   OPTION_EB = OPTION_MD_BASE,
    176      1.1  christos   OPTION_EL,
    177  1.1.1.2  christos 
    178  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC600,
    179  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC601,
    180  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC700,
    181  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARCEM,
    182  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARCHS,
    183  1.1.1.2  christos 
    184  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MCPU,
    185  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_CD,
    186  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_RELAX,
    187  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_NPS400,
    188  1.1.1.3  christos 
    189  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_SPFP,
    190  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_DPFP,
    191  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_FPUDA,
    192  1.1.1.2  christos 
    193  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
    194  1.1.1.2  christos      compatibility reasons.  */
    195  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_USER_MODE,
    196  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK,
    197  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SWAP,
    198  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_NORM,
    199  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT,
    200  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MIN_MAX,
    201  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_NO_MPY,
    202  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_EA,
    203  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MUL64,
    204  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SIMD,
    205  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XMAC_D16,
    206  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XMAC_24,
    207  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_DSP_PACKA,
    208  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_CRC,
    209  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_DVBF,
    210  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_TELEPHONY,
    211  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XYMEMORY,
    212  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_LOCK,
    213  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SWAPE,
    214  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_RTSC
    215      1.1  christos };
    216      1.1  christos 
    217      1.1  christos struct option md_longopts[] =
    218      1.1  christos {
    219  1.1.1.2  christos   { "EB",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_EB },
    220  1.1.1.2  christos   { "EL",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_EL },
    221  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcpu",		required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MCPU },
    222  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mA6",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
    223  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC600",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
    224  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC601",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC601 },
    225  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC700",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
    226  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mA7",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
    227  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mEM",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
    228  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mHS",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
    229  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcode-density",	no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_CD },
    230  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mrelax",           no_argument,       NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    231  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mnps400",          no_argument,       NULL, OPTION_NPS400 },
    232  1.1.1.3  christos 
    233  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Floating point options */
    234  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    235  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    236  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    237  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    238  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    239  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    240  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    241  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    242  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    243  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    244  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mfpuda", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FPUDA},
    245  1.1.1.2  christos 
    246  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
    247  1.1.1.2  christos      compatibility reasons.  */
    248  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mav2em", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
    249  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mav2hs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
    250  1.1.1.2  christos   { "muser-mode-only", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_USER_MODE },
    251  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mld-extension-reg-mask", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK },
    252  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mswap", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAP },
    253  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mnorm", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NORM },
    254  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mbarrel-shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
    255  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mbarrel_shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
    256  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmin-max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
    257  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmin_max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
    258  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mno-mpy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MPY },
    259  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mea", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
    260  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mEA", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
    261  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmul64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MUL64 },
    262  1.1.1.2  christos   { "msimd", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SIMD},
    263  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac-d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
    264  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac_d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
    265  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac-24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
    266  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac_24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
    267  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdsp-packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
    268  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdsp_packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
    269  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcrc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CRC},
    270  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdvbf", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DVBF},
    271  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mtelephony", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TELEPHONY},
    272  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mxy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XYMEMORY},
    273  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mlock", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LOCK},
    274  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mswape", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAPE},
    275  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mrtsc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RTSC},
    276  1.1.1.2  christos 
    277  1.1.1.2  christos   { NULL,		no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    278      1.1  christos };
    279  1.1.1.2  christos 
    280      1.1  christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    281      1.1  christos 
    282  1.1.1.2  christos /* Local data and data types.  */
    283  1.1.1.2  christos 
    284  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
    285  1.1.1.2  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*).  */
    286  1.1.1.2  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
    287  1.1.1.2  christos 
    288  1.1.1.2  christos struct arc_fixup
    289  1.1.1.2  christos {
    290  1.1.1.2  christos   expressionS exp;
    291      1.1  christos 
    292  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    293      1.1  christos 
    294  1.1.1.2  christos   /* index into arc_operands.  */
    295  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int opindex;
    296      1.1  christos 
    297  1.1.1.2  christos   /* PC-relative, used by internals fixups.  */
    298  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned char pcrel;
    299  1.1.1.2  christos 
    300  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TRUE if this fixup is for LIMM operand.  */
    301  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean islong;
    302  1.1.1.2  christos };
    303  1.1.1.2  christos 
    304  1.1.1.2  christos struct arc_insn
    305      1.1  christos {
    306  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int insn;
    307  1.1.1.2  christos   int nfixups;
    308  1.1.1.2  christos   struct arc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    309  1.1.1.2  christos   long limm;
    310  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean short_insn; /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is
    311  1.1.1.2  christos 			     short.  */
    312  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_limm;   /* Boolean value: TRUE if limm field is
    313  1.1.1.2  christos 			     valid.  */
    314  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean relax;	  /* Boolean value: TRUE if needs
    315  1.1.1.3  christos 			     relaxation.  */
    316  1.1.1.2  christos };
    317      1.1  christos 
    318  1.1.1.2  christos /* Structure to hold any last two instructions.  */
    319  1.1.1.2  christos static struct arc_last_insn
    320      1.1  christos {
    321  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Saved instruction opcode.  */
    322  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
    323      1.1  christos 
    324  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is short.  */
    325  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_limm;
    326      1.1  christos 
    327  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn has delay slot.  */
    328  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_delay_slot;
    329  1.1.1.2  christos } arc_last_insns[2];
    330  1.1.1.2  christos 
    331  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction suffix classes.  */
    332  1.1.1.3  christos typedef struct
    333  1.1.1.3  christos {
    334  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *name;
    335  1.1.1.3  christos   int  len;
    336  1.1.1.3  christos   int  attr_class;
    337  1.1.1.3  christos } attributes_t;
    338  1.1.1.3  christos 
    339  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t suffixclass[] =
    340  1.1.1.3  christos {
    341  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_FLAG", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_FLAG },
    342  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_COND", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_COND },
    343  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_NONE", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_NONE }
    344  1.1.1.3  christos };
    345  1.1.1.3  christos 
    346  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes.  */
    347  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t syntaxclass[] =
    348  1.1.1.3  christos {
    349  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_3OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_3OP },
    350  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_2OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_2OP },
    351  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_1OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_1OP },
    352  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_NOP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_NOP }
    353  1.1.1.3  christos };
    354  1.1.1.3  christos 
    355  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes modifiers.  */
    356  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t syntaxclassmod[] =
    357  1.1.1.3  christos {
    358  1.1.1.3  christos   { "OP1_IMM_IMPLIED" , 15, ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED },
    359  1.1.1.3  christos   { "OP1_MUST_BE_IMM" , 15, ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM }
    360  1.1.1.3  christos };
    361  1.1.1.3  christos 
    362  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension register type.  */
    363  1.1.1.3  christos typedef struct
    364  1.1.1.3  christos {
    365  1.1.1.3  christos   char *name;
    366  1.1.1.3  christos   int  number;
    367  1.1.1.3  christos   int  imode;
    368  1.1.1.3  christos } extRegister_t;
    369  1.1.1.3  christos 
    370  1.1.1.3  christos /* A structure to hold the additional conditional codes.  */
    371  1.1.1.3  christos static struct
    372  1.1.1.3  christos {
    373  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flag_operand *arc_ext_condcode;
    374  1.1.1.3  christos   int size;
    375  1.1.1.3  christos } ext_condcode = { NULL, 0 };
    376  1.1.1.3  christos 
    377  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure to hold an entry in ARC_OPCODE_HASH.  */
    378  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry
    379  1.1.1.3  christos {
    380  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The number of pointers in the OPCODE list.  */
    381  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t count;
    382  1.1.1.3  christos 
    383  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Points to a list of opcode pointers.  */
    384  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode **opcode;
    385  1.1.1.3  christos };
    386  1.1.1.3  christos 
    387  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure used for iterating through an arc_opcode_hash_entry.  */
    388  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator
    389  1.1.1.3  christos {
    390  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Index into the OPCODE element of the arc_opcode_hash_entry.  */
    391  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t index;
    392  1.1.1.3  christos 
    393  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The specific ARC_OPCODE from the ARC_OPCODES table that was last
    394  1.1.1.3  christos      returned by this iterator.  */
    395  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
    396  1.1.1.3  christos };
    397  1.1.1.3  christos 
    398  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declaration.  */
    399  1.1.1.3  christos static void assemble_insn
    400  1.1.1.3  christos   (const struct arc_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
    401  1.1.1.3  christos    const struct arc_flags *, int, struct arc_insn *);
    402  1.1.1.3  christos 
    403  1.1.1.2  christos /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    404  1.1.1.3  christos static unsigned arc_target;
    405  1.1.1.3  christos static const char *arc_target_name;
    406  1.1.1.3  christos static unsigned arc_features;
    407      1.1  christos 
    408  1.1.1.2  christos /* The default architecture.  */
    409  1.1.1.3  christos static int arc_mach_type;
    410      1.1  christos 
    411  1.1.1.3  christos /* TRUE if the cpu type has been explicitly specified.  */
    412  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean mach_type_specified_p = FALSE;
    413      1.1  christos 
    414  1.1.1.2  christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    415  1.1.1.2  christos static struct hash_control *arc_opcode_hash;
    416      1.1  christos 
    417  1.1.1.2  christos /* The hash table of register symbols.  */
    418  1.1.1.2  christos static struct hash_control *arc_reg_hash;
    419  1.1.1.2  christos 
    420  1.1.1.3  christos /* The hash table of aux register symbols.  */
    421  1.1.1.3  christos static struct hash_control *arc_aux_hash;
    422  1.1.1.3  christos 
    423  1.1.1.2  christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    424  1.1.1.2  christos static const struct cpu_type
    425      1.1  christos {
    426  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name;
    427  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned flags;
    428  1.1.1.2  christos   int mach;
    429  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned eflags;
    430  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned features;
    431  1.1.1.2  christos }
    432  1.1.1.2  christos   cpu_types[] =
    433  1.1.1.2  christos {
    434  1.1.1.2  christos   { "arc600", ARC_OPCODE_ARC600,  bfd_mach_arc_arc600,
    435  1.1.1.2  christos     E_ARC_MACH_ARC600,  0x00},
    436  1.1.1.2  christos   { "arc700", ARC_OPCODE_ARC700,  bfd_mach_arc_arc700,
    437  1.1.1.2  christos     E_ARC_MACH_ARC700,  0x00},
    438  1.1.1.3  christos   { "nps400", ARC_OPCODE_ARC700 , bfd_mach_arc_arc700,
    439  1.1.1.3  christos     E_ARC_MACH_ARC700,  ARC_NPS400},
    440  1.1.1.2  christos   { "arcem",  ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2,
    441  1.1.1.2  christos     EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM, 0x00},
    442  1.1.1.2  christos   { "archs",  ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2,
    443  1.1.1.2  christos     EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS, ARC_CD},
    444  1.1.1.2  christos   { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
    445  1.1.1.2  christos };
    446      1.1  christos 
    447  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used by the arc_reloc_op table.  Order is important.  */
    448  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_gotoff  O_md1     /* @gotoff relocation.  */
    449  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_gotpc   O_md2     /* @gotpc relocation.  */
    450  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_plt     O_md3     /* @plt relocation.  */
    451  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_sda     O_md4     /* @sda relocation.  */
    452  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_pcl     O_md5     /* @pcl relocation.  */
    453  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tlsgd   O_md6     /* @tlsgd relocation.  */
    454  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tlsie   O_md7     /* @tlsie relocation.  */
    455  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tpoff9  O_md8     /* @tpoff9 relocation.  */
    456  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tpoff   O_md9     /* @tpoff relocation.  */
    457  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_dtpoff9 O_md10    /* @dtpoff9 relocation.  */
    458  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_dtpoff  O_md11    /* @dtpoff relocation.  */
    459  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_last    O_dtpoff
    460  1.1.1.2  christos 
    461  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used to define a bracket as operand in tokens.  */
    462  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_bracket O_md32
    463  1.1.1.2  christos 
    464  1.1.1.2  christos /* Dummy relocation, to be sorted out.  */
    465  1.1.1.2  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY     (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    466  1.1.1.2  christos 
    467  1.1.1.2  christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_gotoff && (R) <= O_last)
    468  1.1.1.2  christos 
    469  1.1.1.2  christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    470  1.1.1.2  christos    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    471  1.1.1.2  christos    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    472  1.1.1.2  christos #define ARC_RELOC_TABLE(op)				\
    473  1.1.1.2  christos   (&arc_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))			\
    474  1.1.1.2  christos 		   ? (abort (), 0)			\
    475  1.1.1.2  christos 		   : (int) (op) - (int) O_gotoff) ])
    476  1.1.1.2  christos 
    477  1.1.1.2  christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ)				\
    478  1.1.1.2  christos   { #NAME, sizeof (#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ}
    479  1.1.1.2  christos 
    480  1.1.1.2  christos static const struct arc_reloc_op_tag
    481  1.1.1.2  christos {
    482  1.1.1.2  christos   /* String to lookup.  */
    483  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name;
    484  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Size of the string.  */
    485  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t length;
    486  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Which operator to use.  */
    487  1.1.1.2  christos   operatorT op;
    488  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    489  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Allows complex relocation expression like identifier@reloc +
    490  1.1.1.2  christos      const.  */
    491  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int complex_expr : 1;
    492  1.1.1.2  christos }
    493  1.1.1.2  christos   arc_reloc_op[] =
    494  1.1.1.2  christos {
    495  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (gotoff,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF,		1),
    496  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (gotpc,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32,		0),
    497  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (plt,	BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32,		0),
    498  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (sda,	DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY,		1),
    499  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (pcl,	BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32,		1),
    500  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tlsgd,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT,	0),
    501  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tlsie,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT,	0),
    502  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tpoff9,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9,	0),
    503  1.1.1.3  christos   DEF (tpoff,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32,	1),
    504  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (dtpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9,	0),
    505  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (dtpoff,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF,	0),
    506  1.1.1.2  christos };
    507      1.1  christos 
    508  1.1.1.2  christos static const int arc_num_reloc_op
    509  1.1.1.2  christos = sizeof (arc_reloc_op) / sizeof (*arc_reloc_op);
    510  1.1.1.2  christos 
    511  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure for relaxable instruction that have to be swapped with a
    512  1.1.1.3  christos    smaller alternative instruction.  */
    513  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_relaxable_ins
    514  1.1.1.3  christos {
    515  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Mnemonic that should be checked.  */
    516  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *mnemonic_r;
    517  1.1.1.3  christos 
    518  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Operands that should be checked.
    519  1.1.1.3  christos      Indexes of operands from operand array.  */
    520  1.1.1.3  christos   enum rlx_operand_type operands[6];
    521  1.1.1.3  christos 
    522  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Flags that should be checked.  */
    523  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_classes[5];
    524  1.1.1.3  christos 
    525  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Mnemonic (smaller) alternative to be used later for relaxation.  */
    526  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *mnemonic_alt;
    527  1.1.1.3  christos 
    528  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Index of operand that generic relaxation has to check.  */
    529  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned opcheckidx;
    530  1.1.1.3  christos 
    531  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Base subtype index used.  */
    532  1.1.1.3  christos   enum arc_rlx_types subtype;
    533  1.1.1.3  christos };
    534  1.1.1.3  christos 
    535  1.1.1.3  christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(BITS, ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT)			\
    536  1.1.1.3  christos   { (ISSIGNED) ? ((1 << ((BITS) - 1)) - 1) : ((1 << (BITS)) - 1),	\
    537  1.1.1.3  christos       (ISSIGNED) ? -(1 << ((BITS) - 1)) : 0,				\
    538  1.1.1.3  christos       (SIZE),								\
    539  1.1.1.3  christos       (NEXT) }								\
    540  1.1.1.3  christos 
    541  1.1.1.3  christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT)	\
    542  1.1.1.3  christos   { (ISSIGNED) ? 0x7FFFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF,		\
    543  1.1.1.3  christos       (ISSIGNED) ? -(0x7FFFFFFF) : 0,                   \
    544  1.1.1.3  christos       (SIZE),                                           \
    545  1.1.1.3  christos       (NEXT) }                                          \
    546  1.1.1.3  christos 
    547  1.1.1.3  christos 
    548  1.1.1.3  christos /* ARC relaxation table.  */
    549  1.1.1.3  christos const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
    550  1.1.1.3  christos {
    551  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Fake entry.  */
    552  1.1.1.3  christos   {0, 0, 0, 0},
    553  1.1.1.3  christos 
    554  1.1.1.3  christos   /* BL_S s13 ->
    555  1.1.1.3  christos      BL s25.  */
    556  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(13, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_BL),
    557  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    558  1.1.1.3  christos 
    559  1.1.1.3  christos   /* B_S s10 ->
    560  1.1.1.3  christos      B s25.  */
    561  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(10, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_B),
    562  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    563  1.1.1.3  christos 
    564  1.1.1.3  christos   /* ADD_S c,b, u3 ->
    565  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f> a,b,u6 ->
    566  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f> a,b,limm.  */
    567  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_U6),
    568  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM),
    569  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    570  1.1.1.3  christos 
    571  1.1.1.3  christos   /* LD_S a, [b, u7] ->
    572  1.1.1.3  christos      LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, s9] ->
    573  1.1.1.3  christos      LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, limm] */
    574  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(7, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_LD_S9),
    575  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(9, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM),
    576  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(1, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    577  1.1.1.3  christos 
    578  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MOV_S b, u8 ->
    579  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f> b, s12 ->
    580  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f> b, limm.  */
    581  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(8, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12),
    582  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(8, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM),
    583  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    584  1.1.1.3  christos 
    585  1.1.1.3  christos   /* SUB_S c, b, u3 ->
    586  1.1.1.3  christos      SUB<.f> a, b, u6 ->
    587  1.1.1.3  christos      SUB<.f> a, b, limm.  */
    588  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_SUB_U6),
    589  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM),
    590  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    591  1.1.1.3  christos 
    592  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MPY<.f> a, b, u6 ->
    593  1.1.1.3  christos      MPY<.f> a, b, limm.  */
    594  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM),
    595  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    596  1.1.1.3  christos 
    597  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MOV<.f><.cc> b, u6 ->
    598  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f><.cc> b, limm.  */
    599  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM),
    600  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    601  1.1.1.3  christos 
    602  1.1.1.3  christos   /* ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, u6 ->
    603  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, limm.  */
    604  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM),
    605  1.1.1.3  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    606  1.1.1.3  christos };
    607  1.1.1.3  christos 
    608  1.1.1.3  christos /* Order of this table's entries matters!  */
    609  1.1.1.3  christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins arc_relaxable_insns[] =
    610  1.1.1.3  christos {
    611  1.1.1.3  christos   { "bl", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "bl_s", 0, ARC_RLX_BL_S },
    612  1.1.1.3  christos   { "b", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "b_s", 0, ARC_RLX_B_S },
    613  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER_DUP, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 }, "add",
    614  1.1.1.3  christos     2, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6},
    615  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "add_s", 2,
    616  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_ADD_U3 },
    617  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "add", 2,
    618  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_ADD_U6 },
    619  1.1.1.3  christos   { "ld", { REGISTER_S, BRACKET, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
    620  1.1.1.3  christos     { 0 }, "ld_s", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_U7 },
    621  1.1.1.3  christos   { "ld", { REGISTER, BRACKET, REGISTER_NO_GP, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
    622  1.1.1.3  christos     { 11, 4, 14, 17, 0 }, "ld", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_S9 },
    623  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "mov_s", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_U8 },
    624  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12 },
    625  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 },"mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6 },
    626  1.1.1.3  christos   { "sub", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "sub_s", 2,
    627  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_SUB_U3 },
    628  1.1.1.3  christos   { "sub", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "sub", 2,
    629  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_SUB_U6 },
    630  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mpy", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mpy", 2,
    631  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_MPY_U6 },
    632  1.1.1.3  christos };
    633  1.1.1.3  christos 
    634  1.1.1.3  christos const unsigned arc_num_relaxable_ins = ARRAY_SIZE (arc_relaxable_insns);
    635  1.1.1.3  christos 
    636  1.1.1.2  christos /* Flags to set in the elf header.  */
    637  1.1.1.2  christos static flagword arc_eflag = 0x00;
    638      1.1  christos 
    639  1.1.1.2  christos /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_".  */
    640  1.1.1.2  christos symbolS * GOT_symbol = 0;
    641      1.1  christos 
    642  1.1.1.2  christos /* Set to TRUE when we assemble instructions.  */
    643  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean assembling_insn = FALSE;
    644  1.1.1.2  christos 
    645  1.1.1.3  christos /* Functions implementation.  */
    646  1.1.1.2  christos 
    647  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return a pointer to ARC_OPCODE_HASH_ENTRY that identifies all
    648  1.1.1.3  christos    ARC_OPCODE entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH that match NAME, or NULL if there
    649  1.1.1.3  christos    are no matching entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH.  */
    650  1.1.1.3  christos 
    651  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
    652  1.1.1.3  christos arc_find_opcode (const char *name)
    653  1.1.1.3  christos {
    654  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
    655  1.1.1.3  christos 
    656  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
    657  1.1.1.3  christos   return entry;
    658  1.1.1.3  christos }
    659  1.1.1.3  christos 
    660  1.1.1.3  christos /* Initialise the iterator ITER.  */
    661  1.1.1.3  christos 
    662  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    663  1.1.1.3  christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
    664  1.1.1.3  christos {
    665  1.1.1.3  christos   iter->index = 0;
    666  1.1.1.3  christos   iter->opcode = NULL;
    667  1.1.1.3  christos }
    668  1.1.1.3  christos 
    669  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return the next ARC_OPCODE from ENTRY, using ITER to hold state between
    670  1.1.1.3  christos    calls to this function.  Return NULL when all ARC_OPCODE entries have
    671  1.1.1.3  christos    been returned.  */
    672  1.1.1.3  christos 
    673  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode *
    674  1.1.1.3  christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
    675  1.1.1.3  christos 				     struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
    676  1.1.1.3  christos {
    677  1.1.1.3  christos   if (iter->opcode == NULL && iter->index == 0)
    678  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    679  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (entry->count > 0);
    680  1.1.1.3  christos       iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
    681  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    682  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (iter->opcode != NULL)
    683  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    684  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *old_name = iter->opcode->name;
    685  1.1.1.3  christos 
    686  1.1.1.3  christos       iter->opcode++;
    687  1.1.1.3  christos       if (iter->opcode->name == NULL
    688  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || strcmp (old_name, iter->opcode->name) != 0)
    689  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    690  1.1.1.3  christos 	  iter->index++;
    691  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (iter->index == entry->count)
    692  1.1.1.3  christos 	    iter->opcode = NULL;
    693  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
    694  1.1.1.3  christos 	    iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
    695  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    696  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    697  1.1.1.3  christos 
    698  1.1.1.3  christos   return iter->opcode;
    699  1.1.1.3  christos }
    700  1.1.1.3  christos 
    701  1.1.1.3  christos /* Insert an opcode into opcode hash structure.  */
    702  1.1.1.3  christos 
    703  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    704  1.1.1.3  christos arc_insert_opcode (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
    705  1.1.1.3  christos {
    706  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *name, *retval;
    707  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
    708  1.1.1.3  christos   name = opcode->name;
    709  1.1.1.3  christos 
    710  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
    711  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    712  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    713  1.1.1.3  christos       entry = XNEW (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry);
    714  1.1.1.3  christos       entry->count = 0;
    715  1.1.1.3  christos       entry->opcode = NULL;
    716  1.1.1.3  christos 
    717  1.1.1.3  christos       retval = hash_insert (arc_opcode_hash, name, (void *) entry);
    718  1.1.1.3  christos       if (retval)
    719  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode '%s': %s"),
    720  1.1.1.3  christos 		  name, retval);
    721  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    722  1.1.1.3  christos 
    723  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->opcode = XRESIZEVEC (const struct arc_opcode *, entry->opcode,
    724  1.1.1.3  christos 			      entry->count + 1);
    725  1.1.1.3  christos 
    726  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry->opcode == NULL)
    727  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
    728  1.1.1.3  christos 
    729  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->opcode[entry->count] = opcode;
    730  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->count++;
    731  1.1.1.3  christos }
    732  1.1.1.2  christos 
    733  1.1.1.2  christos 
    734  1.1.1.2  christos /* Like md_number_to_chars but used for limms.  The 4-byte limm value,
    735  1.1.1.2  christos    is encoded as 'middle-endian' for a little-endian target.  FIXME!
    736  1.1.1.2  christos    this function is used for regular 4 byte instructions as well.  */
    737      1.1  christos 
    738  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    739  1.1.1.2  christos md_number_to_chars_midend (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
    740  1.1.1.2  christos {
    741  1.1.1.2  christos   if (n == 4)
    742      1.1  christos     {
    743  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf,     (val & 0xffff0000) >> 16, 2);
    744  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf + 2, (val & 0xffff), 2);
    745  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    746  1.1.1.2  christos   else
    747      1.1  christos     {
    748  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n);
    749  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    750  1.1.1.2  christos }
    751      1.1  christos 
    752  1.1.1.3  christos /* Select an appropriate entry from CPU_TYPES based on ARG and initialise
    753  1.1.1.3  christos    the relevant static global variables.  */
    754  1.1.1.3  christos 
    755  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    756  1.1.1.3  christos arc_select_cpu (const char *arg)
    757  1.1.1.3  christos {
    758  1.1.1.3  christos   int cpu_flags = 0;
    759  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
    760  1.1.1.3  christos 
    761  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name; ++i)
    762  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    763  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strcasecmp (cpu_types[i].name, arg))
    764  1.1.1.3  christos         {
    765  1.1.1.3  christos           arc_target = cpu_types[i].flags;
    766  1.1.1.3  christos           arc_target_name = cpu_types[i].name;
    767  1.1.1.3  christos           arc_features = cpu_types[i].features;
    768  1.1.1.3  christos           arc_mach_type = cpu_types[i].mach;
    769  1.1.1.3  christos           cpu_flags = cpu_types[i].eflags;
    770  1.1.1.3  christos           break;
    771  1.1.1.3  christos         }
    772  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    773  1.1.1.3  christos 
    774  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!cpu_types[i].name)
    775  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("unknown architecture: %s\n"), arg);
    776  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (cpu_flags != 0);
    777  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_eflag = (arc_eflag & ~EF_ARC_MACH_MSK) | cpu_flags;
    778  1.1.1.3  christos }
    779  1.1.1.3  christos 
    780  1.1.1.2  christos /* Here ends all the ARCompact extension instruction assembling
    781  1.1.1.2  christos    stuff.  */
    782      1.1  christos 
    783  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    784  1.1.1.2  christos arc_extra_reloc (int r_type)
    785  1.1.1.2  christos {
    786  1.1.1.2  christos   char *sym_name, c;
    787  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolS *sym, *lab = NULL;
    788      1.1  christos 
    789  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
    790  1.1.1.2  christos     input_line_pointer++;
    791  1.1.1.2  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
    792  1.1.1.2  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
    793  1.1.1.2  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
    794  1.1.1.2  christos   if (c == ',' && r_type == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
    795  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    796  1.1.1.2  christos       ++input_line_pointer;
    797  1.1.1.2  christos       char *lab_name;
    798  1.1.1.2  christos       c = get_symbol_name (&lab_name);
    799  1.1.1.2  christos       lab = symbol_find_or_make (lab_name);
    800  1.1.1.2  christos       restore_line_pointer (c);
    801  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    802  1.1.1.3  christos 
    803  1.1.1.3  christos   /* These relocations exist as a mechanism for the compiler to tell the
    804  1.1.1.3  christos      linker how to patch the code if the tls model is optimised.  However,
    805  1.1.1.3  christos      the relocation itself does not require any space within the assembler
    806  1.1.1.3  christos      fragment, and so we pass a size of 0.
    807  1.1.1.3  christos 
    808  1.1.1.3  christos      The lines that generate these relocations look like this:
    809  1.1.1.3  christos 
    810  1.1.1.3  christos          .tls_gd_ld @.tdata`bl __tls_get_addr@plt
    811  1.1.1.3  christos 
    812  1.1.1.3  christos      The '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' is processed first and generates the
    813  1.1.1.3  christos      additional relocation, while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' is processed
    814  1.1.1.3  christos      second and generates the additional branch.
    815  1.1.1.3  christos 
    816  1.1.1.3  christos      It is possible that the additional relocation generated by the
    817  1.1.1.3  christos      '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' will be attached at the very end of one fragment,
    818  1.1.1.3  christos      while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' will be generated as the first thing
    819  1.1.1.3  christos      in the next fragment.  This will be fine; both relocations will still
    820  1.1.1.3  christos      appear to be at the same address in the generated object file.
    821  1.1.1.3  christos      However, this only works as the additional relocation is generated
    822  1.1.1.3  christos      with size of 0 bytes.  */
    823  1.1.1.2  christos   fixS *fixP
    824  1.1.1.2  christos     = fix_new (frag_now,	/* Which frag?  */
    825  1.1.1.2  christos 	       frag_now_fix (),	/* Where in that frag?  */
    826  1.1.1.3  christos 	       0,		/* size: 1, 2, or 4 usually.  */
    827  1.1.1.2  christos 	       sym,		/* X_add_symbol.  */
    828  1.1.1.2  christos 	       0,		/* X_add_number.  */
    829  1.1.1.2  christos 	       FALSE,		/* TRUE if PC-relative relocation.  */
    830  1.1.1.2  christos 	       r_type		/* Relocation type.  */);
    831  1.1.1.2  christos   fixP->fx_subsy = lab;
    832  1.1.1.2  christos }
    833  1.1.1.2  christos 
    834  1.1.1.2  christos static symbolS *
    835  1.1.1.2  christos arc_lcomm_internal (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    836  1.1.1.2  christos 		    symbolS *symbolP, addressT size)
    837  1.1.1.2  christos {
    838  1.1.1.2  christos   addressT align = 0;
    839  1.1.1.2  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    840      1.1  christos 
    841  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
    842      1.1  christos     {
    843  1.1.1.2  christos       align = parse_align (1);
    844      1.1  christos 
    845  1.1.1.2  christos       if (align == (addressT) -1)
    846  1.1.1.2  christos 	return NULL;
    847      1.1  christos     }
    848      1.1  christos   else
    849  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    850  1.1.1.2  christos       if (size >= 8)
    851  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 3;
    852  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (size >= 4)
    853  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 2;
    854  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (size >= 2)
    855  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 1;
    856  1.1.1.2  christos       else
    857  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 0;
    858  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    859      1.1  christos 
    860  1.1.1.2  christos   bss_alloc (symbolP, size, align);
    861  1.1.1.2  christos   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
    862      1.1  christos 
    863  1.1.1.2  christos   return symbolP;
    864  1.1.1.2  christos }
    865      1.1  christos 
    866  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    867  1.1.1.2  christos arc_lcomm (int ignore)
    868      1.1  christos {
    869  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolS *symbolP = s_comm_internal (ignore, arc_lcomm_internal);
    870      1.1  christos 
    871  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symbolP)
    872  1.1.1.2  christos     symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
    873  1.1.1.2  christos }
    874      1.1  christos 
    875  1.1.1.2  christos /* Select the cpu we're assembling for.  */
    876      1.1  christos 
    877  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    878  1.1.1.2  christos arc_option (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    879  1.1.1.2  christos {
    880  1.1.1.2  christos   int mach = -1;
    881  1.1.1.2  christos   char c;
    882  1.1.1.2  christos   char *cpu;
    883      1.1  christos 
    884  1.1.1.2  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&cpu);
    885  1.1.1.2  christos   mach = arc_get_mach (cpu);
    886      1.1  christos 
    887  1.1.1.2  christos   if (mach == -1)
    888  1.1.1.2  christos     goto bad_cpu;
    889      1.1  christos 
    890  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!mach_type_specified_p)
    891      1.1  christos     {
    892  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((!strcmp ("ARC600", cpu))
    893  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || (!strcmp ("ARC601", cpu))
    894  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || (!strcmp ("A6", cpu)))
    895  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    896  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
    897  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    898  1.1.1.3  christos       else if ((!strcmp ("ARC700", cpu))
    899  1.1.1.3  christos 	       || (!strcmp ("A7", cpu)))
    900  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    901  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
    902  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    903  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!strcmp ("EM", cpu))
    904  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    905  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
    906  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    907  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!strcmp ("HS", cpu))
    908  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    909  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
    910  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    911  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!strcmp ("NPS400", cpu))
    912  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    913  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "nps400");
    914  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    915  1.1.1.3  christos       else
    916  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("could not find the architecture"));
    917  1.1.1.3  christos 
    918  1.1.1.2  christos       if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, mach))
    919  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
    920      1.1  christos 
    921  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Set elf header flags.  */
    922  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, arc_eflag);
    923      1.1  christos     }
    924      1.1  christos   else
    925  1.1.1.2  christos     if (arc_mach_type != mach)
    926  1.1.1.3  christos       as_warn (_("Command-line value overrides \".cpu\" directive"));
    927      1.1  christos 
    928  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
    929  1.1.1.2  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
    930  1.1.1.2  christos   return;
    931      1.1  christos 
    932  1.1.1.2  christos  bad_cpu:
    933  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
    934  1.1.1.3  christos   as_bad (_("invalid identifier for \".cpu\""));
    935  1.1.1.2  christos   ignore_rest_of_line ();
    936  1.1.1.2  christos }
    937      1.1  christos 
    938  1.1.1.2  christos /* Smartly print an expression.  */
    939      1.1  christos 
    940  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    941  1.1.1.2  christos debug_exp (expressionS *t)
    942  1.1.1.2  christos {
    943  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
    944  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *namemd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
    945      1.1  christos 
    946  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("debug_exp: ");
    947      1.1  christos 
    948  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (t->X_op)
    949      1.1  christos     {
    950  1.1.1.2  christos     default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    951  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_illegal:		name = "O_illegal";		break;
    952  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_absent:		name = "O_absent";		break;
    953  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    954  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_symbol:		name = "O_symbol";		break;
    955  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    956  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    957  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    958  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_uminus:		name = "O_uminus";		break;
    959  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_not:		name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    960  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    961  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    962  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_divide:		name = "O_divide";		break;
    963  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_modulus:		name = "O_modulus";		break;
    964  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    965  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    966  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    967  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    968  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    969  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_and:		name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    970  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    971  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    972  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    973  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    974  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    975  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    976  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    977  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    978  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    979  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    980  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_index:		name = "O_index";		break;
    981  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bracket:		name = "O_bracket";		break;
    982  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    983  1.1.1.2  christos 
    984  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (t->X_md)
    985  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    986  1.1.1.2  christos     default:			namemd = "unknown";		break;
    987  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gotoff:		namemd = "O_gotoff";		break;
    988  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gotpc:		namemd = "O_gotpc";		break;
    989  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_plt:			namemd = "O_plt";		break;
    990  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_sda:			namemd = "O_sda";		break;
    991  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_pcl:			namemd = "O_pcl";		break;
    992  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tlsgd:		namemd = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    993  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tlsie:		namemd = "O_tlsie";		break;
    994  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tpoff9:		namemd = "O_tpoff9";		break;
    995  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tpoff:		namemd = "O_tpoff";		break;
    996  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_dtpoff9:		namemd = "O_dtpoff9";		break;
    997  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_dtpoff:		namemd = "O_dtpoff";		break;
    998  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    999  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1000  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("%s (%s, %s, %d, %s)", name,
   1001  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
   1002  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
   1003  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (int) t->X_add_number,
   1004  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_md) ? namemd : "--");
   1005  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("\n");
   1006  1.1.1.2  christos   fflush (stderr);
   1007  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1008      1.1  christos 
   1009  1.1.1.2  christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
   1010      1.1  christos 
   1011  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1012  1.1.1.2  christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
   1013  1.1.1.2  christos 		    expressionS *tok,
   1014  1.1.1.2  christos 		    int ntok)
   1015  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1016  1.1.1.2  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
   1017  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_comma = FALSE;
   1018  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_arg = FALSE;
   1019  1.1.1.2  christos   int brk_lvl = 0;
   1020  1.1.1.2  christos   int num_args = 0;
   1021  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   1022  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t len;
   1023  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct arc_reloc_op_tag *r;
   1024  1.1.1.2  christos   expressionS tmpE;
   1025  1.1.1.2  christos   char *reloc_name, c;
   1026  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1027  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
   1028  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1029  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
   1030  1.1.1.2  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
   1031  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = str;
   1032      1.1  christos 
   1033  1.1.1.2  christos   while (*input_line_pointer)
   1034      1.1  christos     {
   1035      1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   1036  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
   1037      1.1  christos 	{
   1038  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '\0':
   1039  1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto fini;
   1040      1.1  christos 
   1041  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ',':
   1042  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1043  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
   1044  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1045  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_comma = TRUE;
   1046  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1047      1.1  christos 
   1048  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '}':
   1049  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ']':
   1050  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
   1051  1.1.1.2  christos 	  --brk_lvl;
   1052  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
   1053  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1054  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_bracket;
   1055  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++tok;
   1056  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++num_args;
   1057  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1058  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1059  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '{':
   1060  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '[':
   1061  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1062  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (brk_lvl || num_args == ntok)
   1063  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1064  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++brk_lvl;
   1065  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_bracket;
   1066  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++tok;
   1067  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++num_args;
   1068  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1069  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1070  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '@':
   1071  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We have labels, function names and relocations, all
   1072  1.1.1.2  christos 	     starting with @ symbol.  Sort them out.  */
   1073  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
   1074  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1075  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1076  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Parse @label.  */
   1077  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_symbol;
   1078  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = O_absent;
   1079  1.1.1.2  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1080  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '@')
   1081  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto normalsymbol; /* This is not a relocation.  */
   1082  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1083  1.1.1.2  christos 	relocationsym:
   1084  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1085  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* A relocation opernad has the following form
   1086  1.1.1.2  christos 	     @identifier@relocation_type.  The identifier is already
   1087  1.1.1.2  christos 	     in tok!  */
   1088  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (tok->X_op != O_symbol)
   1089      1.1  christos 	    {
   1090  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("No valid label relocation operand"));
   1091  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto err;
   1092      1.1  christos 	    }
   1093  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1094  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Parse @relocation_type.  */
   1095  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1096  1.1.1.2  christos 	  c = get_symbol_name (&reloc_name);
   1097  1.1.1.2  christos 	  len = input_line_pointer - reloc_name;
   1098  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (len == 0)
   1099      1.1  christos 	    {
   1100  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
   1101  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto err;
   1102      1.1  christos 	    }
   1103  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1104  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Go through known relocation and try to find a match.  */
   1105  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r = &arc_reloc_op[0];
   1106  1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (i = arc_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
   1107  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (len == r->length
   1108  1.1.1.2  christos 		&& memcmp (reloc_name, r->name, len) == 0)
   1109  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1110  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   1111      1.1  christos 	    {
   1112  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: @%s"), reloc_name);
   1113  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto err;
   1114      1.1  christos 	    }
   1115      1.1  christos 
   1116  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
   1117  1.1.1.2  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   1118  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Extra check for TLS: base.  */
   1119  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1120      1.1  christos 	    {
   1121  1.1.1.2  christos 	      symbolS *base;
   1122  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (tok->X_op_symbol != NULL
   1123  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || tok->X_op != O_symbol)
   1124  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1125  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("Unable to parse TLS base: %s"),
   1126  1.1.1.2  christos 			  input_line_pointer);
   1127  1.1.1.2  christos 		  goto err;
   1128  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1129  1.1.1.2  christos 	      input_line_pointer++;
   1130  1.1.1.2  christos 	      char *sym_name;
   1131  1.1.1.2  christos 	      c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
   1132  1.1.1.2  christos 	      base = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
   1133  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tok->X_op = O_subtract;
   1134  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tok->X_op_symbol = base;
   1135  1.1.1.2  christos 	      restore_line_pointer (c);
   1136  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tmpE.X_add_number = 0;
   1137  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1138  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if ((*input_line_pointer != '+')
   1139  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && (*input_line_pointer != '-'))
   1140  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1141  1.1.1.2  christos 	      tmpE.X_add_number = 0;
   1142      1.1  christos 	    }
   1143      1.1  christos 	  else
   1144      1.1  christos 	    {
   1145  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Parse the constant of a complex relocation expression
   1146  1.1.1.2  christos 		 like @identifier@reloc +/- const.  */
   1147  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (! r->complex_expr)
   1148      1.1  christos 		{
   1149  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("@%s is not a complex relocation."), r->name);
   1150  1.1.1.2  christos 		  goto err;
   1151      1.1  christos 		}
   1152  1.1.1.2  christos 	      expression (&tmpE);
   1153  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (tmpE.X_op != O_constant)
   1154      1.1  christos 		{
   1155  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("Bad expression: @%s + %s."),
   1156  1.1.1.2  christos 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
   1157  1.1.1.2  christos 		  goto err;
   1158      1.1  christos 		}
   1159      1.1  christos 	    }
   1160      1.1  christos 
   1161  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = r->op;
   1162  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_add_number = tmpE.X_add_number;
   1163      1.1  christos 
   1164  1.1.1.2  christos 	  debug_exp (tok);
   1165      1.1  christos 
   1166  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_comma = FALSE;
   1167  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_arg = TRUE;
   1168  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok++;
   1169  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_args++;
   1170  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1171      1.1  christos 
   1172  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '%':
   1173  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Can be a register.  */
   1174  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
   1175  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1176  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   1177  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1178  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
   1179  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1180  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1181  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_absent;
   1182  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = O_absent;
   1183  1.1.1.2  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1184  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1185  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Legacy: There are cases when we have
   1186  1.1.1.2  christos 	     identifier@relocation_type, if it is the case parse the
   1187  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation type as well.  */
   1188  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1189  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto relocationsym;
   1190  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1191  1.1.1.2  christos 	normalsymbol:
   1192  1.1.1.2  christos 	  debug_exp (tok);
   1193  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1194  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
   1195  1.1.1.3  christos               || tok->X_op == O_absent
   1196  1.1.1.3  christos               || num_args == ntok)
   1197  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1198  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1199  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_comma = FALSE;
   1200  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_arg = TRUE;
   1201  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok++;
   1202  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_args++;
   1203  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1204      1.1  christos 	}
   1205      1.1  christos     }
   1206      1.1  christos 
   1207  1.1.1.2  christos  fini:
   1208  1.1.1.2  christos   if (saw_comma || brk_lvl)
   1209  1.1.1.2  christos     goto err;
   1210  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1211  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1212  1.1.1.2  christos   return num_args;
   1213  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1214  1.1.1.2  christos  err:
   1215  1.1.1.2  christos   if (brk_lvl)
   1216  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("Brackets in operand field incorrect"));
   1217  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (saw_comma)
   1218  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("extra comma"));
   1219  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!saw_arg)
   1220  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("missing argument"));
   1221  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1222  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("missing comma or colon"));
   1223  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1224  1.1.1.2  christos   return -1;
   1225  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1226      1.1  christos 
   1227  1.1.1.2  christos /* Parse the flags to a structure.  */
   1228      1.1  christos 
   1229  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1230  1.1.1.2  christos tokenize_flags (const char *str,
   1231  1.1.1.2  christos 		struct arc_flags flags[],
   1232  1.1.1.2  christos 		int nflg)
   1233  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1234  1.1.1.2  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
   1235  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_flg = FALSE;
   1236  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean saw_dot = FALSE;
   1237  1.1.1.2  christos   int num_flags  = 0;
   1238  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t flgnamelen;
   1239  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1240  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (flags, 0, sizeof (*flags) * nflg);
   1241  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1242  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
   1243  1.1.1.2  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
   1244  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = (char *) str;
   1245  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1246  1.1.1.2  christos   while (*input_line_pointer)
   1247  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1248  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
   1249  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1250  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ' ':
   1251  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '\0':
   1252  1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto fini;
   1253  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1254  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '.':
   1255  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1256  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_dot)
   1257  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1258  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_dot = TRUE;
   1259  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_flg = FALSE;
   1260  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1261      1.1  christos 
   1262  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   1263  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_flg && !saw_dot)
   1264  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1265      1.1  christos 
   1266  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (num_flags >= nflg)
   1267  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1268      1.1  christos 
   1269  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flgnamelen = strspn (input_line_pointer,
   1270  1.1.1.3  christos 			       "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
   1271  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (flgnamelen > MAX_FLAG_NAME_LENGTH)
   1272  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1273  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1274  1.1.1.2  christos 	  memcpy (flags->name, input_line_pointer, flgnamelen);
   1275  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1276  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer += flgnamelen;
   1277  1.1.1.2  christos 	  flags++;
   1278  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_dot = FALSE;
   1279  1.1.1.2  christos 	  saw_flg = TRUE;
   1280  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_flags++;
   1281  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1282  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1283      1.1  christos     }
   1284      1.1  christos 
   1285  1.1.1.2  christos  fini:
   1286  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1287  1.1.1.2  christos   return num_flags;
   1288  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1289  1.1.1.2  christos  err:
   1290  1.1.1.2  christos   if (saw_dot)
   1291  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("extra dot"));
   1292  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!saw_flg)
   1293  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("unrecognized flag"));
   1294  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1295  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("failed to parse flags"));
   1296  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1297  1.1.1.2  christos   return -1;
   1298      1.1  christos }
   1299      1.1  christos 
   1300  1.1.1.3  christos /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1301  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1302  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1303  1.1.1.3  christos apply_fixups (struct arc_insn *insn, fragS *fragP, int fix)
   1304      1.1  christos {
   1305  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
   1306      1.1  christos 
   1307  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; i++)
   1308      1.1  christos     {
   1309  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1310  1.1.1.3  christos       int size, pcrel, offset = 0;
   1311      1.1  christos 
   1312  1.1.1.3  christos       /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1313  1.1.1.3  christos 	 When it is fixed please delete me.  */
   1314  1.1.1.3  christos       size = (insn->short_insn && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4;
   1315      1.1  christos 
   1316  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixup->islong)
   1317  1.1.1.3  christos 	offset = (insn->short_insn) ? 2 : 4;
   1318      1.1  christos 
   1319  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Some fixups are only used internally, thus no howto.  */
   1320  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc == 0)
   1321  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Unhandled reloc type"));
   1322      1.1  christos 
   1323  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1324  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1325  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1326  1.1.1.3  christos 	     When it is fixed please enable me.
   1327  1.1.1.3  christos 	     size = (insn->short_insn && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4; */
   1328  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pcrel = fixup->pcrel;
   1329  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1330  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   1331  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1332  1.1.1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1333  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1334  1.1.1.3  christos 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1335  1.1.1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1336      1.1  christos 
   1337  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1338  1.1.1.3  christos 	     When it is fixed please enable me.
   1339  1.1.1.3  christos 	     size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); */
   1340  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1341  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1342      1.1  christos 
   1343  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: apply_fixups: new %s fixup (PCrel:%s) of size %d @ \
   1344  1.1.1.3  christos offset %d + %d\n",
   1345  1.1.1.3  christos 		fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
   1346  1.1.1.3  christos 		(fixup->reloc < 0) ? "Internal" :
   1347  1.1.1.3  christos 		bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixup->reloc),
   1348  1.1.1.3  christos 		pcrel ? "Y" : "N",
   1349  1.1.1.3  christos 		size, fix, offset);
   1350  1.1.1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (fragP, fix + offset,
   1351  1.1.1.3  christos 		   size, &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
   1352      1.1  christos 
   1353  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check for ZOLs, and update symbol info if any.  */
   1354  1.1.1.3  christos       if (LP_INSN (insn->insn))
   1355      1.1  christos 	{
   1356  1.1.1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol);
   1357  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ARC_SET_FLAG (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_ZOL);
   1358      1.1  christos 	}
   1359      1.1  christos     }
   1360  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1361      1.1  christos 
   1362  1.1.1.3  christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1363      1.1  christos 
   1364  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1365  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn0 (struct arc_insn *insn, char *where, bfd_boolean relax)
   1366  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1367  1.1.1.3  christos   char *f = where;
   1368      1.1  christos 
   1369  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("Emit insn : 0x%x\n", insn->insn);
   1370  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("\tShort   : 0x%d\n", insn->short_insn);
   1371  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("\tLong imm: 0x%lx\n", insn->limm);
   1372      1.1  christos 
   1373  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1374  1.1.1.3  christos   if (insn->short_insn)
   1375  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1376  1.1.1.3  christos       if (insn->has_limm)
   1377  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1378  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!relax)
   1379  1.1.1.3  christos 	    f = frag_more (6);
   1380  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 2);
   1381  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_number_to_chars_midend (f + 2, insn->limm, 4);
   1382  1.1.1.3  christos 	  dwarf2_emit_insn (6);
   1383  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1384  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   1385  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1386  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!relax)
   1387  1.1.1.3  christos 	    f = frag_more (2);
   1388  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 2);
   1389  1.1.1.3  christos 	  dwarf2_emit_insn (2);
   1390  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1391  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1392  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   1393  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1394  1.1.1.3  christos       if (insn->has_limm)
   1395  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1396  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!relax)
   1397  1.1.1.3  christos 	    f = frag_more (8);
   1398  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_number_to_chars_midend (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1399  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_number_to_chars_midend (f + 4, insn->limm, 4);
   1400  1.1.1.3  christos 	  dwarf2_emit_insn (8);
   1401  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1402  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   1403  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1404  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!relax)
   1405  1.1.1.3  christos 	    f = frag_more (4);
   1406  1.1.1.3  christos 	  md_number_to_chars_midend (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1407  1.1.1.3  christos 	  dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1408  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1409      1.1  christos     }
   1410      1.1  christos 
   1411  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!relax)
   1412  1.1.1.3  christos     apply_fixups (insn, frag_now, (f - frag_now->fr_literal));
   1413  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1414  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1415  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1416  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn1 (struct arc_insn *insn)
   1417  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1418  1.1.1.3  christos   /* How frag_var's args are currently configured:
   1419  1.1.1.3  christos      - rs_machine_dependent, to dictate it's a relaxation frag.
   1420  1.1.1.3  christos      - FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, maximum size of instruction
   1421  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, variable size that might grow...unused by generic relaxation.
   1422  1.1.1.3  christos      - frag_now->fr_subtype, fr_subtype starting value, set previously.
   1423  1.1.1.3  christos      - s, opand expression.
   1424  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, offset but it's unused.
   1425  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, opcode but it's unused.  */
   1426  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *s = make_expr_symbol (&insn->fixups[0].exp);
   1427  1.1.1.3  christos   frag_now->tc_frag_data.pcrel = insn->fixups[0].pcrel;
   1428  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1429  1.1.1.3  christos   if (frag_room () < FRAG_MAX_GROWTH)
   1430  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1431  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Handle differently when frag literal memory is exhausted.
   1432  1.1.1.3  christos 	 This is used because when there's not enough memory left in
   1433  1.1.1.3  christos 	 the current frag, a new frag is created and the information
   1434  1.1.1.3  christos 	 we put into frag_now->tc_frag_data is disregarded.  */
   1435  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1436  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_relax_type relax_info_copy;
   1437  1.1.1.3  christos       relax_substateT subtype = frag_now->fr_subtype;
   1438  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1439  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&relax_info_copy, &frag_now->tc_frag_data,
   1440  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
   1441      1.1  christos 
   1442  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_wane (frag_now);
   1443  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_grow (FRAG_MAX_GROWTH);
   1444      1.1  christos 
   1445  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data, &relax_info_copy,
   1446  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
   1447  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1448  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
   1449  1.1.1.3  christos 		subtype, s, 0, 0);
   1450  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1451  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   1452  1.1.1.3  christos     frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
   1453  1.1.1.3  christos 	      frag_now->fr_subtype, s, 0, 0);
   1454      1.1  christos }
   1455      1.1  christos 
   1456  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1457  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn (struct arc_insn *insn)
   1458      1.1  christos {
   1459  1.1.1.3  christos   if (insn->relax)
   1460  1.1.1.3  christos     emit_insn1 (insn);
   1461      1.1  christos   else
   1462  1.1.1.3  christos     emit_insn0 (insn, NULL, FALSE);
   1463      1.1  christos }
   1464      1.1  christos 
   1465  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check whether a symbol involves a register.  */
   1466      1.1  christos 
   1467  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1468  1.1.1.3  christos contains_register (symbolS *sym)
   1469      1.1  christos {
   1470  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   1471  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1472  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
   1473  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1474  1.1.1.3  christos       return ((O_register == ex->X_op)
   1475  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !contains_register (ex->X_add_symbol)
   1476  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !contains_register (ex->X_op_symbol));
   1477  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1478      1.1  christos 
   1479  1.1.1.3  christos   return FALSE;
   1480      1.1  christos }
   1481      1.1  christos 
   1482  1.1.1.3  christos /* Returns the register number within a symbol.  */
   1483      1.1  christos 
   1484  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   1485  1.1.1.3  christos get_register (symbolS *sym)
   1486      1.1  christos {
   1487  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!contains_register (sym))
   1488  1.1.1.3  christos     return -1;
   1489      1.1  christos 
   1490  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
   1491  1.1.1.3  christos   return regno (ex->X_add_number);
   1492  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1493      1.1  christos 
   1494  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return true if a RELOC is generic.  A generic reloc is PC-rel of a
   1495  1.1.1.3  christos    simple ME relocation (e.g. RELOC_ARC_32_ME, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32.  */
   1496      1.1  christos 
   1497  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1498  1.1.1.3  christos generic_reloc_p (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   1499  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1500  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!reloc)
   1501  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1502      1.1  christos 
   1503  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   1504      1.1  christos     {
   1505  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST:
   1506  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST1:
   1507  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST2:
   1508  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD:
   1509  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD1:
   1510  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD2:
   1511  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_ST2:
   1512  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA32_ME:
   1513  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   1514  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   1515  1.1.1.3  christos       return TRUE;
   1516      1.1  christos     }
   1517      1.1  christos }
   1518      1.1  christos 
   1519  1.1.1.3  christos /* Allocates a tok entry.  */
   1520      1.1  christos 
   1521  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   1522  1.1.1.3  christos allocate_tok (expressionS *tok, int ntok, int cidx)
   1523      1.1  christos {
   1524  1.1.1.3  christos   if (ntok > MAX_INSN_ARGS - 2)
   1525  1.1.1.3  christos     return 0; /* No space left.  */
   1526      1.1  christos 
   1527  1.1.1.3  christos   if (cidx > ntok)
   1528  1.1.1.3  christos     return 0; /* Incorect args.  */
   1529  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1530  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&tok[ntok+1], &tok[ntok], sizeof (*tok));
   1531  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1532  1.1.1.3  christos   if (cidx == ntok)
   1533  1.1.1.3  christos     return 1; /* Success.  */
   1534  1.1.1.3  christos   return allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, cidx);
   1535      1.1  christos }
   1536      1.1  christos 
   1537  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check if an particular ARC feature is enabled.  */
   1538      1.1  christos 
   1539  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1540  1.1.1.3  christos check_cpu_feature (insn_subclass_t sc)
   1541  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1542  1.1.1.3  christos   if (is_code_density_p (sc) && !(arc_features & ARC_CD))
   1543  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1544  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1545  1.1.1.3  christos   if (is_spfp_p (sc) && !(arc_features & ARC_SPFP))
   1546  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1547  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1548  1.1.1.3  christos   if (is_dpfp_p (sc) && !(arc_features & ARC_DPFP))
   1549  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1550  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1551  1.1.1.3  christos   if (is_fpuda_p (sc) && !(arc_features & ARC_FPUDA))
   1552  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1553  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1554  1.1.1.3  christos   if (is_nps400_p (sc) && !(arc_features & ARC_NPS400))
   1555  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   1556  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1557  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   1558  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1559  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1560  1.1.1.3  christos /* Parse the flags described by FIRST_PFLAG and NFLGS against the flag
   1561  1.1.1.3  christos    operands in OPCODE.  Stores the matching OPCODES into the FIRST_PFLAG
   1562  1.1.1.3  christos    array and returns TRUE if the flag operands all match, otherwise,
   1563  1.1.1.3  christos    returns FALSE, in which case the FIRST_PFLAG array may have been
   1564  1.1.1.3  christos    modified.  */
   1565  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1566  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1567  1.1.1.3  christos parse_opcode_flags (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   1568  1.1.1.3  christos                     int nflgs,
   1569  1.1.1.3  christos                     struct arc_flags *first_pflag)
   1570  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1571  1.1.1.3  christos   int lnflg, i;
   1572  1.1.1.3  christos   const unsigned char *flgidx;
   1573  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1574  1.1.1.3  christos   lnflg = nflgs;
   1575  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++)
   1576  1.1.1.3  christos     first_pflag[i].flgp = NULL;
   1577  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1578  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the flags.  Iterate over the valid flag classes.  */
   1579  1.1.1.3  christos   for (flgidx = opcode->flags; *flgidx; ++flgidx)
   1580  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1581  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Get a valid flag class.  */
   1582  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_flag_class *cl_flags = &arc_flag_classes[*flgidx];
   1583  1.1.1.3  christos       const unsigned *flgopridx;
   1584  1.1.1.3  christos       int cl_matches = 0;
   1585  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_flags *pflag = NULL;
   1586  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1587  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check for extension conditional codes.  */
   1588  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode
   1589  1.1.1.3  christos           && cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_EXTEND)
   1590  1.1.1.3  christos         {
   1591  1.1.1.3  christos           struct arc_flag_operand *pf = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode;
   1592  1.1.1.3  christos           while (pf->name)
   1593  1.1.1.3  christos             {
   1594  1.1.1.3  christos               pflag = first_pflag;
   1595  1.1.1.3  christos               for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
   1596  1.1.1.3  christos                 {
   1597  1.1.1.3  christos                   if (!strcmp (pf->name, pflag->name))
   1598  1.1.1.3  christos                     {
   1599  1.1.1.3  christos                       if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
   1600  1.1.1.3  christos                         return FALSE;
   1601  1.1.1.3  christos                       /* Found it.  */
   1602  1.1.1.3  christos                       cl_matches++;
   1603  1.1.1.3  christos                       pflag->flgp = pf;
   1604  1.1.1.3  christos                       lnflg--;
   1605  1.1.1.3  christos                       break;
   1606  1.1.1.3  christos                     }
   1607  1.1.1.3  christos                 }
   1608  1.1.1.3  christos               pf++;
   1609  1.1.1.3  christos             }
   1610  1.1.1.3  christos         }
   1611  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1612  1.1.1.3  christos       for (flgopridx = cl_flags->flags; *flgopridx; ++flgopridx)
   1613  1.1.1.3  christos         {
   1614  1.1.1.3  christos           const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand;
   1615  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1616  1.1.1.3  christos           pflag = first_pflag;
   1617  1.1.1.3  christos           flg_operand = &arc_flag_operands[*flgopridx];
   1618  1.1.1.3  christos           for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
   1619  1.1.1.3  christos             {
   1620  1.1.1.3  christos               /* Match against the parsed flags.  */
   1621  1.1.1.3  christos               if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, pflag->name))
   1622  1.1.1.3  christos                 {
   1623  1.1.1.3  christos                   if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
   1624  1.1.1.3  christos                     return FALSE;
   1625  1.1.1.3  christos                   cl_matches++;
   1626  1.1.1.3  christos                   pflag->flgp = flg_operand;
   1627  1.1.1.3  christos                   lnflg--;
   1628  1.1.1.3  christos                   break; /* goto next flag class and parsed flag.  */
   1629  1.1.1.3  christos                 }
   1630  1.1.1.3  christos             }
   1631  1.1.1.3  christos         }
   1632  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1633  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_REQUIRED) && cl_matches == 0)
   1634  1.1.1.3  christos         return FALSE;
   1635  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_OPTIONAL) && cl_matches > 1)
   1636  1.1.1.3  christos         return FALSE;
   1637      1.1  christos     }
   1638  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1639  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Did I check all the parsed flags?  */
   1640  1.1.1.3  christos   return lnflg ? FALSE : TRUE;
   1641  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1642  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1643  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1644  1.1.1.3  christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1645  1.1.1.3  christos    syntax match.  */
   1646  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1647  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode *
   1648  1.1.1.3  christos find_opcode_match (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
   1649  1.1.1.3  christos 		   expressionS *tok,
   1650  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *pntok,
   1651  1.1.1.3  christos 		   struct arc_flags *first_pflag,
   1652  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int nflgs,
   1653  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1654  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1655  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   1656  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator iter;
   1657  1.1.1.3  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   1658  1.1.1.3  christos   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1659  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS bktok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   1660  1.1.1.3  christos   int bkntok;
   1661  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS emptyE;
   1662  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1663  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (&iter);
   1664  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&emptyE, 0, sizeof (emptyE));
   1665  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (bktok, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
   1666  1.1.1.3  christos   bkntok = ntok;
   1667  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1668  1.1.1.3  christos   for (opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter);
   1669  1.1.1.3  christos        opcode != NULL;
   1670  1.1.1.3  christos        opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter))
   1671      1.1  christos     {
   1672  1.1.1.3  christos       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1673  1.1.1.3  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   1674  1.1.1.3  christos       const expressionS *t = &emptyE;
   1675  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1676  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: find_opcode_match: trying opcode 0x%08X ",
   1677  1.1.1.3  christos 		frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->opcode);
   1678  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1679  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this
   1680  1.1.1.3  christos 	 architecture.  */
   1681  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!(opcode->cpu & arc_target))
   1682  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1683  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1684  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
   1685  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1686  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1687  1.1.1.3  christos       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1688  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("cpu ");
   1689  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1690  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check the operands.  */
   1691  1.1.1.3  christos       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1692  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1693  1.1.1.3  christos 	  const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*opidx];
   1694  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1695  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1696  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1697  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET))
   1698  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   1699  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1700  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1701  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1702  1.1.1.3  christos 	    goto match_failed;
   1703  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1704  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1705  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1706  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   1707  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_IR:
   1708  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Check to be a register.  */
   1709  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if ((tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1710  1.1.1.3  christos 		   || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1711  1.1.1.3  christos 		  && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1712  1.1.1.3  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1713  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1714  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate.  */
   1715  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   1716  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1717  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check for duplicate.  */
   1718  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (t->X_op != O_register
   1719  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || !is_ir_num (t->X_add_number)
   1720  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || (regno (t->X_add_number) !=
   1721  1.1.1.3  christos 			  regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)))
   1722  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1723  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1724  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1725  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Special handling?  */
   1726  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->insert)
   1727  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1728  1.1.1.3  christos 		  const char *errmsg = NULL;
   1729  1.1.1.3  christos 		  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1730  1.1.1.3  christos 				     regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number),
   1731  1.1.1.3  christos 				     &errmsg);
   1732  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (errmsg)
   1733  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1734  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE)
   1735  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1736  1.1.1.3  christos 			  /* Missing argument, create one.  */
   1737  1.1.1.3  christos 			  if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
   1738  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1739  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1740  1.1.1.3  christos 			  tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
   1741  1.1.1.3  christos 			  ++ntok;
   1742  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1743  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1744  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1745  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1746  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1747  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1748  1.1.1.3  christos 	      t = &tok[tokidx];
   1749  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1750  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1751  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET:
   1752  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Check if bracket is also in opcode table as
   1753  1.1.1.3  christos 		 operand.  */
   1754  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_bracket)
   1755  1.1.1.3  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1756  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1757  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1758  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_LIMM:
   1759  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1760  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1761  1.1.1.3  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1762  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1763  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_illegal:
   1764  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_absent:
   1765  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_register:
   1766  1.1.1.3  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1767  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1768  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_bracket:
   1769  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Got an (too) early bracket, check if it is an
   1770  1.1.1.3  christos 		     ignored operand.  N.B. This procedure works only
   1771  1.1.1.3  christos 		     when bracket is the last operand!  */
   1772  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1773  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1774  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Insert the missing operand.  */
   1775  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
   1776  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1777  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1778  1.1.1.3  christos 		  tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
   1779  1.1.1.3  christos 		  ++ntok;
   1780  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1781  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1782  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_symbol:
   1783  1.1.1.3  christos 		  {
   1784  1.1.1.3  christos 		    const char *p;
   1785  1.1.1.3  christos 		    const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
   1786  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1787  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (opcode->insn_class != AUXREG)
   1788  1.1.1.3  christos 		      goto de_fault;
   1789  1.1.1.3  christos 		    p = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   1790  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1791  1.1.1.3  christos 		    auxr = hash_find (arc_aux_hash, p);
   1792  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (auxr)
   1793  1.1.1.3  christos 		      {
   1794  1.1.1.3  christos 			/* We modify the token array here, safe in the
   1795  1.1.1.3  christos 			   knowledge, that if this was the wrong
   1796  1.1.1.3  christos 			   choice then the original contents will be
   1797  1.1.1.3  christos 			   restored from BKTOK.  */
   1798  1.1.1.3  christos 			tok[tokidx].X_op = O_constant;
   1799  1.1.1.3  christos 			tok[tokidx].X_add_number = auxr->address;
   1800  1.1.1.3  christos 			ARC_SET_FLAG (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_AUX);
   1801  1.1.1.3  christos 		      }
   1802  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1803  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_constant)
   1804  1.1.1.3  christos 		      goto de_fault;
   1805  1.1.1.3  christos 		  }
   1806  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Fall-through */
   1807  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_constant:
   1808  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check the range.  */
   1809  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (operand->bits != 32
   1810  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK))
   1811  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1812  1.1.1.3  christos 		      offsetT min, max, val;
   1813  1.1.1.3  christos 		      val = tok[tokidx].X_add_number;
   1814  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1815  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1816  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1817  1.1.1.3  christos 			  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1818  1.1.1.3  christos 			  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1819  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1820  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1821  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1822  1.1.1.3  christos 			  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1823  1.1.1.3  christos 			  min = 0;
   1824  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1825  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1826  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (val < min || val > max)
   1827  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1828  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1829  1.1.1.3  christos 		      /* Check alignmets.  */
   1830  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   1831  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && (val & 0x03))
   1832  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1833  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1834  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   1835  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && (val & 0x01))
   1836  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1837  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1838  1.1.1.3  christos 		  else if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
   1839  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1840  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->insert)
   1841  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1842  1.1.1.3  christos 			  const char *errmsg = NULL;
   1843  1.1.1.3  christos 			  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1844  1.1.1.3  christos 					     tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
   1845  1.1.1.3  christos 					     &errmsg);
   1846  1.1.1.3  christos 			  if (errmsg)
   1847  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1848  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1849  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1850  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1851  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1852  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1853  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1854  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_subtract:
   1855  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check if it is register range.  */
   1856  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if ((tok[tokidx].X_add_number == 0)
   1857  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol)
   1858  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol))
   1859  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1860  1.1.1.3  christos 		      int regs;
   1861  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1862  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs = get_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   1863  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs <<= 16;
   1864  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs |= get_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol);
   1865  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->insert)
   1866  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1867  1.1.1.3  christos 			  const char *errmsg = NULL;
   1868  1.1.1.3  christos 			  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1869  1.1.1.3  christos 					     regs,
   1870  1.1.1.3  christos 					     &errmsg);
   1871  1.1.1.3  christos 			  if (errmsg)
   1872  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1873  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1874  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1875  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1876  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   1877  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1878  1.1.1.3  christos 		default:
   1879  1.1.1.3  christos 		de_fault:
   1880  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   1881  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed; /* The operand needs relocation.  */
   1882  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1883  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Relocs requiring long immediate.  FIXME! make it
   1884  1.1.1.3  christos 		     generic and move it to a function.  */
   1885  1.1.1.3  christos 		  switch (tok[tokidx].X_md)
   1886  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1887  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_gotoff:
   1888  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_gotpc:
   1889  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_pcl:
   1890  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tpoff:
   1891  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_dtpoff:
   1892  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tlsgd:
   1893  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tlsie:
   1894  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
   1895  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1896  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_absent:
   1897  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (!generic_reloc_p (operand->default_reloc))
   1898  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1899  1.1.1.3  christos 		    default:
   1900  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   1901  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1902  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1903  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1904  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate.  */
   1905  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   1906  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1907  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (t->X_op == O_illegal
   1908  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || t->X_op == O_absent
   1909  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || t->X_op == O_register
   1910  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || (t->X_add_number != tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1911  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1912  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1913  1.1.1.3  christos 	      t = &tok[tokidx];
   1914  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1915  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1916  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   1917  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1918  1.1.1.3  christos 	      abort ();
   1919  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   1920  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1921  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++tokidx;
   1922  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1923  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("opr ");
   1924  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1925  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Setup ready for flag parsing.  */
   1926  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, nflgs, first_pflag))
   1927  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1928  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1929  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("flg");
   1930  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1931  1.1.1.3  christos       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1932  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1933  1.1.1.3  christos 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1934  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pr_debug ("\n");
   1935  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return opcode;
   1936  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1937  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1938  1.1.1.3  christos     match_failed:;
   1939  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("\n");
   1940  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Restore the original parameters.  */
   1941  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (tok, bktok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
   1942  1.1.1.3  christos       ntok = bkntok;
   1943      1.1  christos     }
   1944      1.1  christos 
   1945  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*pcpumatch)
   1946  1.1.1.3  christos     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1947      1.1  christos 
   1948  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   1949  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1950  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1951  1.1.1.3  christos /* Swap operand tokens.  */
   1952      1.1  christos 
   1953  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1954  1.1.1.3  christos swap_operand (expressionS *operand_array,
   1955  1.1.1.3  christos 	      unsigned source,
   1956  1.1.1.3  christos 	      unsigned destination)
   1957  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1958  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS cpy_operand;
   1959  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *src_operand;
   1960  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *dst_operand;
   1961  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t size;
   1962  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1963  1.1.1.3  christos   if (source == destination)
   1964  1.1.1.3  christos     return;
   1965  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1966  1.1.1.3  christos   src_operand = &operand_array[source];
   1967  1.1.1.3  christos   dst_operand = &operand_array[destination];
   1968  1.1.1.3  christos   size = sizeof (expressionS);
   1969  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1970  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make copy of operand to swap with and swap.  */
   1971  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&cpy_operand, dst_operand, size);
   1972  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (dst_operand, src_operand, size);
   1973  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (src_operand, &cpy_operand, size);
   1974  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1975  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1976  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check if *op matches *tok type.
   1977  1.1.1.3  christos    Returns FALSE if they don't match, TRUE if they match.  */
   1978  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1979  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   1980  1.1.1.3  christos pseudo_operand_match (const expressionS *tok,
   1981  1.1.1.3  christos 		      const struct arc_operand_operation *op)
   1982  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1983  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT min, max, val;
   1984  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean ret;
   1985  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand_real = &arc_operands[op->operand_idx];
   1986  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1987  1.1.1.3  christos   ret = FALSE;
   1988  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok->X_op)
   1989  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1990  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_constant:
   1991  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->bits == 32 && (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
   1992  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = 1;
   1993  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!(operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR))
   1994  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1995  1.1.1.3  christos 	  val = tok->X_add_number + op->count;
   1996  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1997  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   1998  1.1.1.3  christos 	      max = (1 << (operand_real->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1999  1.1.1.3  christos 	      min = -(1 << (operand_real->bits - 1));
   2000  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2001  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   2002  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2003  1.1.1.3  christos 	      max = (1 << operand_real->bits) - 1;
   2004  1.1.1.3  christos 	      min = 0;
   2005  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2006  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (min <= val && val <= max)
   2007  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ret = TRUE;
   2008  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2009  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2010  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2011  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_symbol:
   2012  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Handle all symbols as long immediates or signed 9.  */
   2013  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM ||
   2014  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ((operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED) && operand_real->bits == 9))
   2015  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = TRUE;
   2016  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2017      1.1  christos 
   2018  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_register:
   2019  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
   2020  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = TRUE;
   2021  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2022  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2023  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_bracket:
   2024  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
   2025  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = TRUE;
   2026  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2027      1.1  christos 
   2028  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   2029  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Unknown.  */
   2030  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2031  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2032  1.1.1.3  christos   return ret;
   2033  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2034      1.1  christos 
   2035  1.1.1.3  christos /* Find pseudo instruction in array.  */
   2036  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2037  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_pseudo_insn *
   2038  1.1.1.3  christos find_pseudo_insn (const char *opname,
   2039  1.1.1.3  christos 		  int ntok,
   2040  1.1.1.3  christos 		  const expressionS *tok)
   2041  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2042  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
   2043  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand_operation *op;
   2044  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2045  1.1.1.3  christos   int j;
   2046  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2047  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_pseudo_insn; ++i)
   2048      1.1  christos     {
   2049  1.1.1.3  christos       pseudo_insn = &arc_pseudo_insns[i];
   2050  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strcmp (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_p, opname) == 0)
   2051  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2052  1.1.1.3  christos 	  op = pseudo_insn->operand;
   2053  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (j = 0; j < ntok; ++j)
   2054  1.1.1.3  christos 	    if (!pseudo_operand_match (&tok[j], &op[j]))
   2055  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2056  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2057  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Found the right instruction.  */
   2058  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (j == ntok)
   2059  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return pseudo_insn;
   2060  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2061      1.1  christos     }
   2062  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2063  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2064      1.1  christos 
   2065  1.1.1.3  christos /* Assumes the expressionS *tok is of sufficient size.  */
   2066      1.1  christos 
   2067  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2068  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_pseudo (const char *opname,
   2069  1.1.1.3  christos 			  int *ntok,
   2070  1.1.1.3  christos 			  expressionS *tok,
   2071  1.1.1.3  christos 			  int *nflgs,
   2072  1.1.1.3  christos 			  struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2073  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2074  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
   2075  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand_operation *operand_pseudo;
   2076  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand_real;
   2077  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2078  1.1.1.3  christos   char construct_operand[MAX_CONSTR_STR];
   2079  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2080  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Find whether opname is in pseudo instruction array.  */
   2081  1.1.1.3  christos   pseudo_insn = find_pseudo_insn (opname, *ntok, tok);
   2082      1.1  christos 
   2083  1.1.1.3  christos   if (pseudo_insn == NULL)
   2084  1.1.1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2085      1.1  christos 
   2086  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle flag, Limited to one flag at the moment.  */
   2087  1.1.1.3  christos   if (pseudo_insn->flag_r != NULL)
   2088  1.1.1.3  christos     *nflgs += tokenize_flags (pseudo_insn->flag_r, &pflags[*nflgs],
   2089  1.1.1.3  christos 			      MAX_INSN_FLGS - *nflgs);
   2090      1.1  christos 
   2091  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle operand operations.  */
   2092  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
   2093  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2094  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
   2095  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_real = &arc_operands[operand_pseudo->operand_idx];
   2096  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2097  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET &&
   2098  1.1.1.3  christos 	  !operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
   2099  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2100  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2101  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Has to be inserted (i.e. this token does not exist yet).  */
   2102  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
   2103  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2104  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
   2105  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2106  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tok[i].X_op = O_bracket;
   2107  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ++(*ntok);
   2108  1.1.1.3  christos 	      continue;
   2109  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2110  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2111  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Check if operand is a register or constant and handle it
   2112  1.1.1.3  christos 	     by type.  */
   2113  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
   2114  1.1.1.3  christos 	    snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "r%d",
   2115  1.1.1.3  christos 		      operand_pseudo->count);
   2116  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   2117  1.1.1.3  christos 	    snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "%d",
   2118  1.1.1.3  christos 		      operand_pseudo->count);
   2119  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2120  1.1.1.3  christos 	  tokenize_arguments (construct_operand, &tok[i], 1);
   2121  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++(*ntok);
   2122  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2123      1.1  christos 
   2124  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (operand_pseudo->count)
   2125  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2126  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Operand number has to be adjusted accordingly (by operand
   2127  1.1.1.3  christos 	     type).  */
   2128  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (tok[i].X_op)
   2129  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2130  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case O_constant:
   2131  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tok[i].X_add_number += operand_pseudo->count;
   2132  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2133      1.1  christos 
   2134  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case O_symbol:
   2135  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2136  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2137  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   2138  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Ignored.  */
   2139  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2140  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2141  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2142  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2143  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2144  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Swap operands if necessary.  Only supports one swap at the
   2145  1.1.1.3  christos      moment.  */
   2146  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
   2147  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2148  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
   2149  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2150  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx == i)
   2151  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2152  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2153  1.1.1.3  christos       swap_operand (tok, i, operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx);
   2154  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2155  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Prevent a swap back later by breaking out.  */
   2156  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2157      1.1  christos     }
   2158  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2159  1.1.1.3  christos   return arc_find_opcode (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_r);
   2160  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2161  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2162  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2163  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_flag (const char *opname,
   2164  1.1.1.3  christos 			int *nflgs,
   2165  1.1.1.3  christos 			struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2166  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2167  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2168  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *flagnm;
   2169  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_idx, flag_arr_idx;
   2170  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t flaglen, oplen;
   2171  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_flag_special *arc_flag_special_opcode;
   2172  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2173  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2174  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Search for special case instruction.  */
   2175  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_flag_special; i++)
   2176      1.1  christos     {
   2177  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_flag_special_opcode = &arc_flag_special_cases[i];
   2178  1.1.1.3  christos       oplen = strlen (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
   2179  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2180  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strncmp (opname, arc_flag_special_opcode->name, oplen) != 0)
   2181  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2182  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2183  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Found a potential special case instruction, now test for
   2184  1.1.1.3  christos 	 flags.  */
   2185  1.1.1.3  christos       for (flag_arr_idx = 0;; ++flag_arr_idx)
   2186      1.1  christos 	{
   2187  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flag_idx = arc_flag_special_opcode->flags[flag_arr_idx];
   2188  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (flag_idx == 0)
   2189  1.1.1.3  christos 	    break;  /* End of array, nothing found.  */
   2190  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2191  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flagnm = arc_flag_operands[flag_idx].name;
   2192  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flaglen = strlen (flagnm);
   2193  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (strcmp (opname + oplen, flagnm) == 0)
   2194  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2195  1.1.1.3  christos               entry = arc_find_opcode (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
   2196  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2197  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (*nflgs + 1 > MAX_INSN_FLGS)
   2198  1.1.1.3  christos 		break;
   2199  1.1.1.3  christos 	      memcpy (pflags[*nflgs].name, flagnm, flaglen);
   2200  1.1.1.3  christos 	      pflags[*nflgs].name[flaglen] = '\0';
   2201  1.1.1.3  christos 	      (*nflgs)++;
   2202  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return entry;
   2203  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2204      1.1  christos 	}
   2205      1.1  christos     }
   2206  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2207  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2208      1.1  christos 
   2209  1.1.1.3  christos /* The long instructions are not stored in a hash (there's not many of
   2210  1.1.1.3  christos    them) and so there's no arc_opcode_hash_entry structure to return.  This
   2211  1.1.1.3  christos    helper function for find_special_case_long_opcode takes an arc_opcode
   2212  1.1.1.3  christos    result and places it into a fake arc_opcode_hash_entry that points to
   2213  1.1.1.3  christos    the single arc_opcode OPCODE, which is then returned.  */
   2214  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2215  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2216  1.1.1.3  christos build_fake_opcode_hash_entry (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
   2217  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2218  1.1.1.3  christos   static struct arc_opcode_hash_entry entry;
   2219  1.1.1.3  christos   static struct arc_opcode tmp[2];
   2220  1.1.1.3  christos   static const struct arc_opcode *ptr[2];
   2221  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2222  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&tmp[0], opcode, sizeof (struct arc_opcode));
   2223  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&tmp[1], 0, sizeof (struct arc_opcode));
   2224  1.1.1.3  christos   entry.count = 1;
   2225  1.1.1.3  christos   entry.opcode = ptr;
   2226  1.1.1.3  christos   ptr[0] = tmp;
   2227  1.1.1.3  christos   ptr[1] = NULL;
   2228  1.1.1.3  christos   return &entry;
   2229  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2230  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2231  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2232  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used by the assembler to match the list of tokens against a long (48 or
   2233  1.1.1.3  christos    64 bits) instruction.  If a matching long instruction is found, then
   2234  1.1.1.3  christos    some of the tokens are consumed in this function and converted into a
   2235  1.1.1.3  christos    single LIMM value, which is then added to the end of the token list,
   2236  1.1.1.3  christos    where it will be consumed by a LIMM operand that exists in the base
   2237  1.1.1.3  christos    opcode of the long instruction.  */
   2238  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2239  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2240  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_long_opcode (const char *opname,
   2241  1.1.1.3  christos                                int *ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2242  1.1.1.3  christos                                expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2243  1.1.1.3  christos                                int *nflgs,
   2244  1.1.1.3  christos                                struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2245  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2246  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2247  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2248  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*ntok == MAX_INSN_ARGS)
   2249  1.1.1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2250  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2251  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_long_opcodes; ++i)
   2252  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2253  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_opcode fake_opcode;
   2254  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   2255  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_insn insn;
   2256  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionS *limm_token;
   2257  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2258  1.1.1.3  christos       opcode = &arc_long_opcodes[i].base_opcode;
   2259  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2260  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!(opcode->cpu & arc_target))
   2261  1.1.1.3  christos         continue;
   2262  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2263  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
   2264  1.1.1.3  christos         continue;
   2265  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2266  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strcmp (opname, opcode->name) != 0)
   2267  1.1.1.3  christos         continue;
   2268  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2269  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check that the flags are a match.  */
   2270  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, *nflgs, pflags))
   2271  1.1.1.3  christos         continue;
   2272  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2273  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Parse the LIMM operands into the LIMM template.  */
   2274  1.1.1.3  christos       memset (&fake_opcode, 0, sizeof (fake_opcode));
   2275  1.1.1.3  christos       fake_opcode.name = "fake limm";
   2276  1.1.1.3  christos       fake_opcode.opcode = arc_long_opcodes[i].limm_template;
   2277  1.1.1.3  christos       fake_opcode.mask = arc_long_opcodes[i].limm_mask;
   2278  1.1.1.3  christos       fake_opcode.cpu = opcode->cpu;
   2279  1.1.1.3  christos       fake_opcode.insn_class = opcode->insn_class;
   2280  1.1.1.3  christos       fake_opcode.subclass = opcode->subclass;
   2281  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&fake_opcode.operands[0],
   2282  1.1.1.3  christos               &arc_long_opcodes[i].operands,
   2283  1.1.1.3  christos               MAX_INSN_ARGS);
   2284  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Leave fake_opcode.flags as zero.  */
   2285  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2286  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("Calling assemble_insn to build fake limm value\n");
   2287  1.1.1.3  christos       assemble_insn (&fake_opcode, tok, *ntok,
   2288  1.1.1.3  christos                      NULL, 0, &insn);
   2289  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("   got limm value: 0x%x\n", insn.insn);
   2290  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2291  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Now create a new token at the end of the token array (We know this
   2292  1.1.1.3  christos          is safe as the token array is always created with enough space for
   2293  1.1.1.3  christos          MAX_INSN_ARGS, and we check at the start at the start of this
   2294  1.1.1.3  christos          function that we're not there yet).  This new token will
   2295  1.1.1.3  christos          correspond to a LIMM operand that will be contained in the
   2296  1.1.1.3  christos          base_opcode of the arc_long_opcode.  */
   2297  1.1.1.3  christos       limm_token = &tok[(*ntok)];
   2298  1.1.1.3  christos       (*ntok)++;
   2299  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2300  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Modify the LIMM token to hold the constant.  */
   2301  1.1.1.3  christos       limm_token->X_op = O_constant;
   2302  1.1.1.3  christos       limm_token->X_add_number = insn.insn;
   2303  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2304  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Return the base opcode.  */
   2305  1.1.1.3  christos       return build_fake_opcode_hash_entry (opcode);
   2306  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2307  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2308  1.1.1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2309  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2310  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2311  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used to find special case opcode.  */
   2312      1.1  christos 
   2313  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2314  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case (const char *opname,
   2315  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *nflgs,
   2316  1.1.1.3  christos 		   struct arc_flags *pflags,
   2317  1.1.1.3  christos 		   expressionS *tok,
   2318  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *ntok)
   2319      1.1  christos {
   2320  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2321      1.1  christos 
   2322  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = find_special_case_pseudo (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
   2323  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2324  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2325  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case_flag (opname, nflgs, pflags);
   2326  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2327  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2328  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case_long_opcode (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
   2329  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2330  1.1.1.3  christos   return entry;
   2331  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2332  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2333  1.1.1.3  christos /* Given an opcode name, pre-tockenized set of argumenst and the
   2334  1.1.1.3  christos    opcode flags, take it all the way through emission.  */
   2335      1.1  christos 
   2336  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2337  1.1.1.3  christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   2338  1.1.1.3  christos 		 expressionS *tok,
   2339  1.1.1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   2340  1.1.1.3  christos 		 struct arc_flags *pflags,
   2341  1.1.1.3  christos 		 int nflgs)
   2342  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2343  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean found_something = FALSE;
   2344  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2345  1.1.1.3  christos   int cpumatch = 1;
   2346      1.1  christos 
   2347  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   2348  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = arc_find_opcode (opname);
   2349      1.1  christos 
   2350  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Couldn't find opcode conventional way, try special cases.  */
   2351  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2352  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case (opname, &nflgs, pflags, tok, &ntok);
   2353  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2354  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry != NULL)
   2355  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2356  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   2357  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2358  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_tokens: %s\n",
   2359  1.1.1.3  christos 		frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opname);
   2360  1.1.1.3  christos       found_something = TRUE;
   2361  1.1.1.3  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (entry, tok, &ntok, pflags,
   2362  1.1.1.3  christos 				  nflgs, &cpumatch);
   2363  1.1.1.3  christos       if (opcode != NULL)
   2364  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2365  1.1.1.3  christos 	  struct arc_insn insn;
   2366  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2367  1.1.1.3  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflgs, &insn);
   2368  1.1.1.3  christos 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   2369  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   2370  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2371  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2372      1.1  christos 
   2373  1.1.1.3  christos   if (found_something)
   2374  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2375  1.1.1.3  christos       if (cpumatch)
   2376  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode '%s'"), opname);
   2377  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2378  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode '%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   2379  1.1.1.3  christos 		arc_target_name);
   2380  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2381  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2382  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode '%s'"), opname);
   2383      1.1  christos }
   2384      1.1  christos 
   2385  1.1.1.3  christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   2386  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2387  1.1.1.2  christos void
   2388  1.1.1.3  christos md_assemble (char *str)
   2389      1.1  christos {
   2390  1.1.1.3  christos   char *opname;
   2391  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   2392  1.1.1.3  christos   int ntok, nflg;
   2393  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t opnamelen;
   2394  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flags flags[MAX_INSN_FLGS];
   2395  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2396  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   2397  1.1.1.3  christos   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_0123468");
   2398  1.1.1.3  christos   opname = xmemdup0 (str, opnamelen);
   2399  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2400  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Signalize we are assmbling the instructions.  */
   2401  1.1.1.3  christos   assembling_insn = TRUE;
   2402  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2403  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Tokenize the flags.  */
   2404  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((nflg = tokenize_flags (str + opnamelen, flags, MAX_INSN_FLGS)) == -1)
   2405  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2406  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   2407  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2408  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2409  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2410  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Scan up to the end of the mnemonic which must end in space or end
   2411  1.1.1.3  christos      of string.  */
   2412  1.1.1.3  christos   str += opnamelen;
   2413  1.1.1.3  christos   for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
   2414  1.1.1.3  christos     if (*str == ' ')
   2415  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2416      1.1  christos 
   2417  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   2418  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   2419  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2420  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   2421  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2422  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2423  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2424  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Finish it off.  */
   2425  1.1.1.3  christos   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, flags, nflg);
   2426  1.1.1.3  christos   assembling_insn = FALSE;
   2427  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2428      1.1  christos 
   2429  1.1.1.3  christos /* Callback to insert a register into the hash table.  */
   2430  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2431  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2432  1.1.1.3  christos declare_register (const char *name, int number)
   2433  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2434  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *err;
   2435  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *regS = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   2436  1.1.1.3  christos 				 number, &zero_address_frag);
   2437  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2438  1.1.1.3  christos   err = hash_insert (arc_reg_hash, S_GET_NAME (regS), (void *) regS);
   2439  1.1.1.3  christos   if (err)
   2440  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Inserting \"%s\" into register table failed: %s"),
   2441  1.1.1.3  christos 	      name, err);
   2442  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2443  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2444  1.1.1.3  christos /* Construct symbols for each of the general registers.  */
   2445  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2446  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2447  1.1.1.3  christos declare_register_set (void)
   2448  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2449  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
   2450  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < 64; ++i)
   2451  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2452  1.1.1.3  christos       char name[7];
   2453  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2454  1.1.1.3  christos       sprintf (name, "r%d", i);
   2455  1.1.1.3  christos       declare_register (name, i);
   2456  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((i & 0x01) == 0)
   2457  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2458  1.1.1.3  christos 	  sprintf (name, "r%dr%d", i, i+1);
   2459  1.1.1.3  christos 	  declare_register (name, i);
   2460  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2461  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2462  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2463  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2464  1.1.1.3  christos /* Port-specific assembler initialization.  This function is called
   2465  1.1.1.3  christos    once, at assembler startup time.  */
   2466  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2467  1.1.1.3  christos void
   2468  1.1.1.3  christos md_begin (void)
   2469  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2470  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode = arc_opcodes;
   2471  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2472  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!mach_type_specified_p)
   2473  1.1.1.3  christos     arc_select_cpu (TARGET_WITH_CPU);
   2474  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2475  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The endianness can be chosen "at the factory".  */
   2476  1.1.1.3  christos   target_big_endian = byte_order == BIG_ENDIAN;
   2477  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2478  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, arc_mach_type))
   2479  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
   2480  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2481  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Set elf header flags.  */
   2482  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, arc_eflag);
   2483  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2484  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Set up a hash table for the instructions.  */
   2485  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
   2486  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_opcode_hash == NULL)
   2487  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2488  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2489  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize the hash table with the insns.  */
   2490  1.1.1.3  christos   do
   2491  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2492  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *name = opcode->name;
   2493  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2494  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_insert_opcode (opcode);
   2495  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2496  1.1.1.3  christos       while (++opcode && opcode->name
   2497  1.1.1.3  christos 	     && (opcode->name == name
   2498  1.1.1.3  christos 		 || !strcmp (opcode->name, name)))
   2499  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2500  1.1.1.3  christos     }while (opcode->name);
   2501  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2502  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Register declaration.  */
   2503  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_reg_hash = hash_new ();
   2504  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_reg_hash == NULL)
   2505  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2506  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2507  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register_set ();
   2508  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("gp", 26);
   2509  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("fp", 27);
   2510  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("sp", 28);
   2511  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink", 29);
   2512  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink1", 29);
   2513  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink2", 30);
   2514  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("blink", 31);
   2515      1.1  christos 
   2516  1.1.1.3  christos   /* XY memory registers.  */
   2517  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_u0", 32);
   2518  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_u1", 33);
   2519  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_u0", 34);
   2520  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_u1", 35);
   2521  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_u0", 36);
   2522  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_u1", 37);
   2523  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_u0", 38);
   2524  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_u1", 39);
   2525  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_u0", 40);
   2526  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_u1", 41);
   2527  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_u0", 42);
   2528  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_u1", 43);
   2529  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_u0", 44);
   2530  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_u1", 45);
   2531  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_u0", 46);
   2532  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_u1", 47);
   2533  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_nu", 48);
   2534  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_nu", 49);
   2535  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_nu", 50);
   2536  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_nu", 51);
   2537  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_nu", 52);
   2538  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_nu", 53);
   2539  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_nu", 54);
   2540  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_nu", 55);
   2541      1.1  christos 
   2542  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mlo", 57);
   2543  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mmid", 58);
   2544  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mhi", 59);
   2545  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2546  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("acc1", 56);
   2547  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("acc2", 57);
   2548  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2549  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("lp_count", 60);
   2550  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("pcl", 63);
   2551      1.1  christos 
   2552  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize the last instructions.  */
   2553  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&arc_last_insns[0], 0, sizeof (arc_last_insns));
   2554      1.1  christos 
   2555  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Aux register declaration.  */
   2556  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_aux_hash = hash_new ();
   2557  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_aux_hash == NULL)
   2558  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   2559      1.1  christos 
   2560  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr = &arc_aux_regs[0];
   2561  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2562  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_aux_regs; i++, auxr++)
   2563  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2564  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *retval;
   2565      1.1  christos 
   2566  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!(auxr->cpu & arc_target))
   2567  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2568      1.1  christos 
   2569  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((auxr->subclass != NONE)
   2570  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !check_cpu_feature (auxr->subclass))
   2571  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2572      1.1  christos 
   2573  1.1.1.3  christos       retval = hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, (void *) auxr);
   2574  1.1.1.3  christos       if (retval)
   2575  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash aux register '%s': %s"),
   2576  1.1.1.3  christos 		  auxr->name, retval);
   2577  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2578  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2579  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2580  1.1.1.3  christos /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
   2581  1.1.1.3  christos    endianness.  */
   2582  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2583  1.1.1.2  christos void
   2584  1.1.1.3  christos md_number_to_chars (char *buf,
   2585  1.1.1.3  christos 		    valueT val,
   2586  1.1.1.3  christos 		    int n)
   2587  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2588  1.1.1.3  christos   if (target_big_endian)
   2589  1.1.1.3  christos     number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
   2590  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2591  1.1.1.3  christos     number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
   2592  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2593  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2594  1.1.1.3  christos /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   2595  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2596  1.1.1.3  christos valueT
   2597  1.1.1.3  christos md_section_align (segT segment,
   2598  1.1.1.3  christos 		  valueT size)
   2599  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2600  1.1.1.3  christos   int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
   2601  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2602  1.1.1.3  christos   return ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & (-((valueT) 1 << align)));
   2603  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2604  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2605  1.1.1.3  christos /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated,
   2606  1.1.1.3  christos    given a PC relative reloc.  */
   2607  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2608  1.1.1.3  christos long
   2609  1.1.1.3  christos md_pcrel_from_section (fixS *fixP,
   2610  1.1.1.3  christos 		       segT sec)
   2611  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2612  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT base = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   2613  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2614  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("pcrel_from_section, fx_offset = %d\n", (int) fixP->fx_offset);
   2615  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2616  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fixP->fx_addsy != (symbolS *) NULL
   2617  1.1.1.3  christos       && (!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
   2618  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != sec))
   2619  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2620  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("Unknown pcrel symbol: %s\n", S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy));
   2621  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2622  1.1.1.3  christos       /* The symbol is undefined (or is defined but not in this section).
   2623  1.1.1.3  christos 	 Let the linker figure it out.  */
   2624  1.1.1.3  christos       return 0;
   2625  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2626  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2627  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
   2628  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2629  1.1.1.3  christos       /* These are the "internal" relocations.  Align them to
   2630  1.1.1.3  christos 	 32 bit boundary (PCL), for the moment.  */
   2631  1.1.1.3  christos       base &= ~3;
   2632  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2633  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2634  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2635  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   2636  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2637  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2638  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* The hardware calculates relative to the start of the
   2639  1.1.1.3  christos 	     insn, but this relocation is relative to location of the
   2640  1.1.1.3  christos 	     LIMM, compensate.  The base always needs to be
   2641  1.1.1.3  christos 	     substracted by 4 as we do not support this type of PCrel
   2642  1.1.1.3  christos 	     relocation for short instructions.  */
   2643  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base -= 4;
   2644  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2645  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   2646  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   2647  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   2648  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   2649  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   2650  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2651  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
   2652  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
   2653  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
   2654  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
   2655  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
   2656  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base &= ~3;
   2657  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2658  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   2659  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2660  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unhandled reloc %s in md_pcrel_from_section"),
   2661  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   2662  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2663      1.1  christos 	}
   2664  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2665  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2666  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("pcrel from %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x + %lx = %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x, "
   2667  1.1.1.3  christos 	    "symbol: %s (%"BFD_VMA_FMT"x)\n",
   2668  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, fixP->fx_where, base,
   2669  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy) : "(null)",
   2670  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) : 0);
   2671  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2672  1.1.1.3  christos   return base;
   2673  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2674  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2675  1.1.1.3  christos /* Given a BFD relocation find the coresponding operand.  */
   2676  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2677  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_operand *
   2678  1.1.1.3  christos find_operand_for_reloc (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2679  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2680  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2681  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2682  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_operands; i++)
   2683  1.1.1.3  christos     if (arc_operands[i].default_reloc == reloc)
   2684  1.1.1.3  christos       return  &arc_operands[i];
   2685  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2686  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2687  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2688  1.1.1.3  christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   2689  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2690  1.1.1.3  christos static unsigned
   2691  1.1.1.3  christos insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   2692  1.1.1.3  christos 		const struct arc_operand *operand,
   2693  1.1.1.3  christos 		offsetT val,
   2694  1.1.1.3  christos 		const char *file,
   2695  1.1.1.3  christos 		unsigned line)
   2696  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2697  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT min = 0, max = 0;
   2698      1.1  christos 
   2699  1.1.1.3  christos   if (operand->bits != 32
   2700  1.1.1.3  christos       && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
   2701  1.1.1.3  christos       && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE))
   2702  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2703  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2704      1.1  christos 	{
   2705  1.1.1.3  christos 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   2706  1.1.1.3  christos 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   2707  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2708  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2709  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2710  1.1.1.3  christos 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   2711  1.1.1.3  christos 	  min = 0;
   2712  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2713  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2714  1.1.1.3  christos       if (val < min || val > max)
   2715  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"),
   2716  1.1.1.3  christos 				   val, min, max, file, line);
   2717  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2718      1.1  christos 
   2719  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("insert field: %ld <= %ld <= %ld in 0x%08x\n",
   2720  1.1.1.3  christos 	    min, val, max, insn);
   2721      1.1  christos 
   2722  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   2723  1.1.1.3  christos       && (val & 0x03))
   2724  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (file, line,
   2725  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 32bit aligned"));
   2726      1.1  christos 
   2727  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   2728  1.1.1.3  christos       && (val & 0x01))
   2729  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (file, line,
   2730  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 16bit aligned"));
   2731      1.1  christos 
   2732  1.1.1.3  christos   if (operand->insert)
   2733  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2734  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2735      1.1  christos 
   2736  1.1.1.3  christos       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2737  1.1.1.3  christos       if (errmsg)
   2738  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_warn_where (file, line, "%s", errmsg);
   2739  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2740  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2741  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2742  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TRUNCATE)
   2743  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2744  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   2745  1.1.1.3  christos 	    val >>= 2;
   2746  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   2747  1.1.1.3  christos 	    val >>= 1;
   2748  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2749  1.1.1.3  christos       insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2750  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2751  1.1.1.3  christos   return insn;
   2752  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2753      1.1  christos 
   2754  1.1.1.3  christos /* Apply a fixup to the object code.  At this point all symbol values
   2755  1.1.1.3  christos    should be fully resolved, and we attempt to completely resolve the
   2756  1.1.1.3  christos    reloc.  If we can not do that, we determine the correct reloc code
   2757  1.1.1.3  christos    and put it back in the fixup.  To indicate that a fixup has been
   2758  1.1.1.3  christos    eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.  */
   2759      1.1  christos 
   2760  1.1.1.3  christos void
   2761  1.1.1.3  christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP,
   2762  1.1.1.3  christos 	      valueT *valP,
   2763  1.1.1.3  christos 	      segT seg)
   2764  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2765  1.1.1.3  christos   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   2766  1.1.1.3  christos   valueT value = *valP;
   2767  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned insn = 0;
   2768  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *fx_addsy, *fx_subsy;
   2769  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT fx_offset;
   2770  1.1.1.3  christos   segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
   2771  1.1.1.3  christos   segT sub_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
   2772  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand = NULL;
   2773  1.1.1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
   2774      1.1  christos 
   2775  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
   2776  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
   2777  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
   2778  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
   2779  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_offset);
   2780  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2781  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_addsy = fixP->fx_addsy;
   2782  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_subsy = fixP->fx_subsy;
   2783  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_offset = 0;
   2784  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2785  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_addsy)
   2786  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2787  1.1.1.3  christos       add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy);
   2788  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2789  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2790  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_subsy
   2791  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
   2792  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9
   2793  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
   2794  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2795  1.1.1.3  christos       resolve_symbol_value (fx_subsy);
   2796  1.1.1.3  christos       sub_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_subsy);
   2797  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2798  1.1.1.3  christos       if (sub_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
   2799  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2800  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* The symbol is really a constant.  */
   2801  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_offset -= S_GET_VALUE (fx_subsy);
   2802  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_subsy = NULL;
   2803  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2804  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2805  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2806  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2807  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("can't resolve `%s' {%s section} - `%s' {%s section}"),
   2808  1.1.1.3  christos 			fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fx_addsy) : "0",
   2809  1.1.1.3  christos 			segment_name (add_symbol_segment),
   2810  1.1.1.3  christos 			S_GET_NAME (fx_subsy),
   2811  1.1.1.3  christos 			segment_name (sub_symbol_segment));
   2812  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   2813  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2814  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2815  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2816  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_addsy
   2817  1.1.1.3  christos       && !S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy))
   2818  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2819  1.1.1.3  christos       if (add_symbol_segment == seg
   2820  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && fixP->fx_pcrel)
   2821  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2822  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value += S_GET_VALUE (fx_addsy);
   2823  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value -= md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
   2824  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_addsy = NULL;
   2825  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_pcrel = FALSE;
   2826  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2827  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
   2828  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2829  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value = fixP->fx_offset;
   2830  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2831  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_addsy = NULL;
   2832  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_pcrel = FALSE;
   2833  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2834  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2835      1.1  christos 
   2836  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fx_addsy)
   2837  1.1.1.3  christos     fixP->fx_done = TRUE;
   2838  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2839  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   2840  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2841  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fx_addsy
   2842  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && ((S_IS_DEFINED (fx_addsy)
   2843  1.1.1.3  christos 	       && S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy) != seg)
   2844  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy)))
   2845  1.1.1.3  christos 	value += md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
   2846  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2847  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   2848  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2849  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
   2850  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* This is a pc-relative value in a LIMM.  Adjust it to the
   2851  1.1.1.3  christos 	     address of the instruction not to the address of the
   2852  1.1.1.3  christos 	     LIMM.  Note: it is not anylonger valid this afirmation as
   2853  1.1.1.3  christos 	     the linker consider ARC_PC32 a fixup to entire 64 bit
   2854  1.1.1.3  christos 	     insn.  */
   2855  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   2856  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2857  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_32:
   2858  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32;
   2859  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2860  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2861  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_where - fixP->fx_dot_value; */
   2862  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2863  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   2864  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
   2865  1.1.1.3  christos 	    as_fatal (_("PC relative relocation not allowed for (internal) type %d"),
   2866  1.1.1.3  christos 		      fixP->fx_r_type);
   2867  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2868  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2869  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2870  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2871  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
   2872  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
   2873  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
   2874  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
   2875  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_offset);
   2876  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2877  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2878  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Now check for TLS relocations.  */
   2879  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
   2880  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   2881  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2882  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
   2883  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
   2884  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_done)
   2885  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   2886  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   2887  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT:
   2888  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT:
   2889  1.1.1.3  christos       S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2890  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2891  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2892  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD:
   2893  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_offset);
   2894  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_subsy)
   2895  1.1.1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_offset
   2896  1.1.1.3  christos 	  = (S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy)
   2897  1.1.1.3  christos 	     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address- fixP->fx_where);
   2898  1.1.1.3  christos       fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
   2899  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   2900  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   2901  1.1.1.3  christos       /* These two relocs are there just to allow ld to change the tls
   2902  1.1.1.3  christos 	 model for this symbol, by patching the code.  The offset -
   2903  1.1.1.3  christos 	 and scale, if any - will be installed by the linker.  */
   2904  1.1.1.3  christos       S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2905  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2906      1.1  christos 
   2907  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9:
   2908  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9:
   2909  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
   2910  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2911  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2912  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   2913  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2914  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2915  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2916  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fixP->fx_done)
   2917  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2918  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2919  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2920  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2921  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Addjust the value if we have a constant.  */
   2922  1.1.1.3  christos   value += fx_offset;
   2923  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2924  1.1.1.3  christos   /* For hosts with longs bigger than 32-bits make sure that the top
   2925  1.1.1.3  christos      bits of a 32-bit negative value read in by the parser are set,
   2926  1.1.1.3  christos      so that the correct comparisons are made.  */
   2927  1.1.1.3  christos   if (value & 0x80000000)
   2928  1.1.1.3  christos     value |= (-1UL << 31);
   2929  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2930  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
   2931  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   2932  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2933  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   2934  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   2935  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_24:
   2936  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   2937  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   2938  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL:
   2939  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   2940  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2941  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2942  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
   2943  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I cannot fix an GOTPC relocation because I need to relax it
   2944  1.1.1.3  christos 	 from ld rx,[pcl,@sym@gotpc] to add rx,pcl,@sym@gotpc.  */
   2945  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Unsupported operation on reloc"));
   2946  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2947  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2948  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
   2949  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
   2950  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_addsy);
   2951  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_subsy);
   2952  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2953  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF:
   2954  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
   2955  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2956  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   2957  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2958  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2959  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   2960  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   2961  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2962  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2963  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   2964  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
   2965  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   2966  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2967  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   2968  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL;
   2969  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   2970  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2971  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   2972  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
   2973  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   2974  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2975  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   2976  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL;
   2977  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2978  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
   2979  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
   2980  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
   2981  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
   2982  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
   2983  1.1.1.3  christos     solve_plt:
   2984  1.1.1.3  christos       operand = find_operand_for_reloc (reloc);
   2985  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (operand);
   2986  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2987  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2988  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   2989  1.1.1.3  christos       {
   2990  1.1.1.3  christos 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   2991  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   2992  1.1.1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   2993  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2994  1.1.1.3  christos 	/* The rest of these fixups needs to be completely resolved as
   2995  1.1.1.3  christos 	   constants.  */
   2996  1.1.1.3  christos 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   2997  1.1.1.3  christos 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   2998  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2999  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   3000  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3001  1.1.1.3  christos 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) arc_num_operands);
   3002  1.1.1.3  christos 	operand = &arc_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   3003  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3004  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   3005  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3006  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3007  1.1.1.3  christos   if (target_big_endian)
   3008  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3009  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_size)
   3010  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3011  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 4:
   3012  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getb32 (fixpos);
   3013  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3014  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 2:
   3015  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getb16 (fixpos);
   3016  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3017  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3018  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3019  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unknown fixup size"));
   3020  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3021  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3022  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   3023  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3024  1.1.1.3  christos       insn = 0;
   3025  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_size)
   3026  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3027  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 4:
   3028  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos) << 16 | bfd_getl16 (fixpos + 2);
   3029  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3030  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 2:
   3031  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos);
   3032  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3033  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3034  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3035  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unknown fixup size"));
   3036  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3037  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3038  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3039  1.1.1.3  christos   insn = insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value,
   3040  1.1.1.3  christos 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   3041  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3042  1.1.1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, insn, fixP->fx_size);
   3043  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3044  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3045  1.1.1.3  christos /* Prepare machine-dependent frags for relaxation.
   3046  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3047  1.1.1.3  christos    Called just before relaxation starts.  Any symbol that is now undefined
   3048  1.1.1.3  christos    will not become defined.
   3049  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3050  1.1.1.3  christos    Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
   3051  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3052  1.1.1.3  christos    Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller.  The guess for fr_var
   3053  1.1.1.3  christos    is *actually* the growth beyond fr_fix.  Whatever we do to grow fr_fix
   3054  1.1.1.3  christos    or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
   3055  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3056  1.1.1.3  christos    Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend
   3057  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_var starts with a value.  */
   3058  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3059  1.1.1.3  christos int
   3060  1.1.1.3  christos md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP,
   3061  1.1.1.3  christos 			       segT segment)
   3062  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3063  1.1.1.3  christos   int growth;
   3064  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3065  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If the symbol is not located within the same section AND it's not
   3066  1.1.1.3  christos      an absolute section, use the maximum.  OR if the symbol is a
   3067  1.1.1.3  christos      constant AND the insn is by nature not pc-rel, use the maximum.
   3068  1.1.1.3  christos      OR if the symbol is being equated against another symbol, use the
   3069  1.1.1.3  christos      maximum.  OR if the symbol is weak use the maximum.  */
   3070  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment
   3071  1.1.1.3  christos        && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != absolute_section)
   3072  1.1.1.3  christos       || (symbol_constant_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
   3073  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
   3074  1.1.1.3  christos       || symbol_equated_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
   3075  1.1.1.3  christos       || S_IS_WEAK (fragP->fr_symbol))
   3076  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3077  1.1.1.3  christos       while (md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_more != ARC_RLX_NONE)
   3078  1.1.1.3  christos 	++fragP->fr_subtype;
   3079  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3080  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3081  1.1.1.3  christos   growth = md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
   3082  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_var = growth;
   3083  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3084  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_estimate_size_before_relax: %d\n",
   3085  1.1.1.3  christos 	   fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line, growth);
   3086  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3087  1.1.1.3  christos   return growth;
   3088  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3089  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3090  1.1.1.3  christos /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
   3091  1.1.1.3  christos    format.  */
   3092  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3093  1.1.1.3  christos arelent *
   3094  1.1.1.3  christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3095  1.1.1.3  christos 	      fixS *fixP)
   3096  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3097  1.1.1.3  christos   arelent *reloc;
   3098  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
   3099  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3100  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   3101  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   3102  1.1.1.3  christos   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3103  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
   3104  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3105  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   3106  1.1.1.3  christos      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   3107  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert ((int) fixP->fx_r_type > 0);
   3108  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3109  1.1.1.3  christos   code = fixP->fx_r_type;
   3110  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3111  1.1.1.3  christos   /* if we have something like add gp, pcl,
   3112  1.1.1.3  christos      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@gotpc.  */
   3113  1.1.1.3  christos   if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32
   3114  1.1.1.3  christos       && GOT_symbol
   3115  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
   3116  1.1.1.3  christos     code = BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC;
   3117  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3118  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
   3119  1.1.1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   3120  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3121  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3122  1.1.1.3  christos 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   3123  1.1.1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3124  1.1.1.3  christos       return NULL;
   3125  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3126  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3127  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fixP->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   3128  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   3129  1.1.1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3130  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3131  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   3132  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3133  1.1.1.3  christos   if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
   3134  1.1.1.3  christos       || code ==  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9)
   3135  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3136  1.1.1.3  christos       asymbol *sym
   3137  1.1.1.3  christos 	= fixP->fx_subsy ? symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy) : NULL;
   3138  1.1.1.3  christos       /* We just want to store a 24 bit index, but we have to wait
   3139  1.1.1.3  christos 	 till after write_contents has been called via
   3140  1.1.1.3  christos 	 bfd_map_over_sections before we can get the index from
   3141  1.1.1.3  christos 	 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol.  Thus, the write_relocs
   3142  1.1.1.3  christos 	 function is elf32-arc.c has to pick up the slack.
   3143  1.1.1.3  christos 	 Unfortunately, this leads to problems with hosts that have
   3144  1.1.1.3  christos 	 pointers wider than long (bfd_vma).  There would be various
   3145  1.1.1.3  christos 	 ways to handle this, all error-prone :-(  */
   3146  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc->addend = (bfd_vma) sym;
   3147  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((asymbol *) reloc->addend != sym)
   3148  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3149  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad ("Can't store pointer\n");
   3150  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return NULL;
   3151  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3152  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3153  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   3154  1.1.1.3  christos     reloc->addend = fixP->fx_offset;
   3155  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3156  1.1.1.3  christos   return reloc;
   3157  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3158  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3159  1.1.1.3  christos /* Perform post-processing of machine-dependent frags after relaxation.
   3160  1.1.1.3  christos    Called after relaxation is finished.
   3161  1.1.1.3  christos    In:	Address of frag.
   3162  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
   3163  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
   3164  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3165  1.1.1.3  christos    Out: Any fixS:s and constants are set up.  */
   3166  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3167  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3168  1.1.1.3  christos md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3169  1.1.1.3  christos 		 segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3170  1.1.1.3  christos 		 fragS *fragP)
   3171  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3172  1.1.1.3  christos   const relax_typeS *table_entry;
   3173  1.1.1.3  christos   char *dest;
   3174  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   3175  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_insn insn;
   3176  1.1.1.3  christos   int size, fix;
   3177  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_relax_type *relax_arg = &fragP->tc_frag_data;
   3178  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3179  1.1.1.3  christos   fix = (fragP->fr_fix < 0 ? 0 : fragP->fr_fix);
   3180  1.1.1.3  christos   dest = fragP->fr_literal + fix;
   3181  1.1.1.3  christos   table_entry = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE + fragP->fr_subtype;
   3182  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3183  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_convert_frag, subtype: %d, fix: %d, "
   3184  1.1.1.3  christos 	    "var: %"BFD_VMA_FMT"d\n",
   3185  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
   3186  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fragP->fr_subtype, fix, fragP->fr_var);
   3187  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3188  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fragP->fr_subtype <= 0
   3189  1.1.1.3  christos       && fragP->fr_subtype >= arc_num_relax_opcodes)
   3190  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("no relaxation found for this instruction."));
   3191  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3192  1.1.1.3  christos   opcode = &arc_relax_opcodes[fragP->fr_subtype];
   3193  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3194  1.1.1.3  christos   assemble_insn (opcode, relax_arg->tok, relax_arg->ntok, relax_arg->pflags,
   3195  1.1.1.3  christos 	relax_arg->nflg, &insn);
   3196  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3197  1.1.1.3  christos   apply_fixups (&insn, fragP, fix);
   3198  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3199  1.1.1.3  christos   size = insn.short_insn ? (insn.has_limm ? 6 : 2) : (insn.has_limm ? 8 : 4);
   3200  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (table_entry->rlx_length == size);
   3201  1.1.1.3  christos   emit_insn0 (&insn, dest, TRUE);
   3202  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3203  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_fix += table_entry->rlx_length;
   3204  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_var = 0;
   3205  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3206  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3207  1.1.1.3  christos /* We have no need to default values of symbols.  We could catch
   3208  1.1.1.3  christos    register names here, but that is handled by inserting them all in
   3209  1.1.1.3  christos    the symbol table to begin with.  */
   3210  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3211  1.1.1.3  christos symbolS *
   3212  1.1.1.3  christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   3213  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3214  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The arc abi demands that a GOT[0] should be referencible as
   3215  1.1.1.3  christos      [pc+_DYNAMIC@gotpc].  Hence we convert a _DYNAMIC@gotpc to a
   3216  1.1.1.3  christos      GOTPC reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   3217  1.1.1.3  christos   if (((*name == '_')
   3218  1.1.1.3  christos        && (*(name+1) == 'G')
   3219  1.1.1.3  christos        && (strcmp (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0))
   3220  1.1.1.3  christos       || ((*name == '_')
   3221  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && (*(name+1) == 'D')
   3222  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && (strcmp (name, DYNAMIC_STRUCT_NAME) == 0)))
   3223  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3224  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!GOT_symbol)
   3225  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3226  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (symbol_find (name))
   3227  1.1.1.3  christos 	    as_bad ("GOT already in symbol table");
   3228  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3229  1.1.1.3  christos 	  GOT_symbol = symbol_new (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME, undefined_section,
   3230  1.1.1.3  christos 				   (valueT) 0, &zero_address_frag);
   3231  1.1.1.3  christos 	};
   3232  1.1.1.3  christos       return GOT_symbol;
   3233  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3234  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   3235  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3236  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3237  1.1.1.3  christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   3238  1.1.1.3  christos    of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number
   3239  1.1.1.3  christos    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP.  An error message is
   3240  1.1.1.3  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   3241  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3242  1.1.1.3  christos const char *
   3243  1.1.1.3  christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   3244  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3245  1.1.1.3  christos   return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
   3246  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3247  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3248  1.1.1.3  christos /* Called for any expression that can not be recognized.  When the
   3249  1.1.1.3  christos    function is called, `input_line_pointer' will point to the start of
   3250  1.1.1.3  christos    the expression.  */
   3251  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3252  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3253  1.1.1.3  christos md_operand (expressionS *expressionP ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3254  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3255  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p = input_line_pointer;
   3256  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*p == '@')
   3257  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3258  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3259  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
   3260  1.1.1.3  christos       expression (expressionP);
   3261  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3262  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3263  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3264  1.1.1.3  christos /* This function is called from the function 'expression', it attempts
   3265  1.1.1.3  christos    to parse special names (in our case register names).  It fills in
   3266  1.1.1.3  christos    the expression with the identified register.  It returns TRUE if
   3267  1.1.1.3  christos    it is a register and FALSE otherwise.  */
   3268  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3269  1.1.1.3  christos bfd_boolean
   3270  1.1.1.3  christos arc_parse_name (const char *name,
   3271  1.1.1.3  christos 		struct expressionS *e)
   3272  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3273  1.1.1.3  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   3274  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3275  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!assembling_insn)
   3276  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   3277  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3278  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle only registers.  */
   3279  1.1.1.3  christos   if (e->X_op != O_absent)
   3280  1.1.1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   3281  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3282  1.1.1.3  christos   sym = hash_find (arc_reg_hash, name);
   3283  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   3284  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3285  1.1.1.3  christos       e->X_op = O_register;
   3286  1.1.1.3  christos       e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   3287  1.1.1.3  christos       return TRUE;
   3288  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3289  1.1.1.3  christos   return FALSE;
   3290  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3291  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3292  1.1.1.3  christos /* md_parse_option
   3293  1.1.1.3  christos    Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
   3294  1.1.1.3  christos    See if it's a processor-specific option.
   3295  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3296  1.1.1.3  christos    New options (supported) are:
   3297  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3298  1.1.1.3  christos    -mcpu=<cpu name>		 Assemble for selected processor
   3299  1.1.1.3  christos    -EB/-mbig-endian		 Big-endian
   3300  1.1.1.3  christos    -EL/-mlittle-endian		 Little-endian
   3301  1.1.1.3  christos    -mrelax                       Enable relaxation
   3302  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3303  1.1.1.3  christos    The following CPU names are recognized:
   3304  1.1.1.3  christos    arc600, arc700, arcem, archs, nps400.  */
   3305  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3306  1.1.1.3  christos int
   3307  1.1.1.3  christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3308  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3309  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (c)
   3310  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3311  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC600:
   3312  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC601:
   3313  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
   3314  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3315  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC700:
   3316  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
   3317  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3318  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARCEM:
   3319  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
   3320  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3321  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARCHS:
   3322  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
   3323  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3324  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MCPU:
   3325  1.1.1.3  christos       {
   3326  1.1.1.3  christos         arc_select_cpu (arg);
   3327  1.1.1.3  christos         mach_type_specified_p = TRUE;
   3328  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3329  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   3330  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3331  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EB:
   3332  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_target_format = "elf32-bigarc";
   3333  1.1.1.3  christos       byte_order = BIG_ENDIAN;
   3334  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3335  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3336  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EL:
   3337  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_target_format = "elf32-littlearc";
   3338  1.1.1.3  christos       byte_order = LITTLE_ENDIAN;
   3339  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3340  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3341  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_CD:
   3342  1.1.1.3  christos       /* This option has an effect only on ARC EM.  */
   3343  1.1.1.3  christos       if (arc_target & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
   3344  1.1.1.3  christos 	arc_features |= ARC_CD;
   3345  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   3346  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_warn (_("Code density option invalid for selected CPU"));
   3347  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3348  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3349  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_RELAX:
   3350  1.1.1.3  christos       relaxation_state = 1;
   3351  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3352  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3353  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NPS400:
   3354  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_features |= ARC_NPS400;
   3355  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3356  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3357  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SPFP:
   3358  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_features |= ARC_SPFP;
   3359  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3360  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3361  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DPFP:
   3362  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_features |= ARC_DPFP;
   3363  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3364  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3365  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_FPUDA:
   3366  1.1.1.3  christos       /* This option has an effect only on ARC EM.  */
   3367  1.1.1.3  christos       if (arc_target & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
   3368  1.1.1.3  christos 	arc_features |= ARC_FPUDA;
   3369  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   3370  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_warn (_("FPUDA invalid for selected CPU"));
   3371  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3372  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3373  1.1.1.3  christos     /* Dummy options are accepted but have no effect.  */
   3374  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_USER_MODE:
   3375  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK:
   3376  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SWAP:
   3377  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NORM:
   3378  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT:
   3379  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MIN_MAX:
   3380  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NO_MPY:
   3381  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EA:
   3382  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MUL64:
   3383  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SIMD:
   3384  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XMAC_D16:
   3385  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XMAC_24:
   3386  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DSP_PACKA:
   3387  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_CRC:
   3388  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DVBF:
   3389  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_TELEPHONY:
   3390  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XYMEMORY:
   3391  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_LOCK:
   3392  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SWAPE:
   3393  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_RTSC:
   3394  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3395  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3396  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3397  1.1.1.3  christos       return 0;
   3398  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3399  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3400  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   3401  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3402  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3403  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3404  1.1.1.3  christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   3405  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3406  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("ARC-specific assembler options:\n"));
   3407  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3408  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mcpu=<cpu name>\t  assemble for CPU <cpu name> "
   3409  1.1.1.3  christos            "(default: %s)\n", TARGET_WITH_CPU);
   3410  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mcpu=nps400\t\t  same as -mcpu=arc700 -mnps400\n");
   3411  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mA6/-mARC600/-mARC601  same as -mcpu=arc600\n");
   3412  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mA7/-mARC700\t\t  same as -mcpu=arc700\n");
   3413  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mEM\t\t\t  same as -mcpu=arcem\n");
   3414  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mHS\t\t\t  same as -mcpu=archs\n");
   3415  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3416  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mnps400\t\t  enable NPS-400 extended instructions\n");
   3417  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mspfp\t\t  enable single-precision floating point instructions\n");
   3418  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mdpfp\t\t  enable double-precision floating point instructions\n");
   3419  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mfpuda\t\t  enable double-precision assist floating "
   3420  1.1.1.3  christos                    "point\n\t\t\t  instructions for ARC EM\n");
   3421  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3422  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream,
   3423  1.1.1.3  christos 	   "  -mcode-density\t  enable code density option for ARC EM\n");
   3424  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3425  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3426  1.1.1.3  christos   -EB                     assemble code for a big-endian cpu\n"));
   3427  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3428  1.1.1.3  christos   -EL                     assemble code for a little-endian cpu\n"));
   3429  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3430  1.1.1.3  christos   -mrelax                 enable relaxation\n"));
   3431  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3432  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("The following ARC-specific assembler options are "
   3433  1.1.1.3  christos                      "deprecated and are accepted\nfor compatibility only:\n"));
   3434  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3435  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("  -mEA\n"
   3436  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mbarrel-shifter\n"
   3437  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mbarrel_shifter\n"
   3438  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mcrc\n"
   3439  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdsp-packa\n"
   3440  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdsp_packa\n"
   3441  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdvbf\n"
   3442  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mld-extension-reg-mask\n"
   3443  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mlock\n"
   3444  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac-24\n"
   3445  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac-d16\n"
   3446  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac_24\n"
   3447  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac_d16\n"
   3448  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmin-max\n"
   3449  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmin_max\n"
   3450  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmul64\n"
   3451  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mno-mpy\n"
   3452  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mnorm\n"
   3453  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mrtsc\n"
   3454  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -msimd\n"
   3455  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mswap\n"
   3456  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mswape\n"
   3457  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mtelephony\n"
   3458  1.1.1.3  christos 		     "  -muser-mode-only\n"
   3459  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mxy\n"));
   3460  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3461  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3462  1.1.1.2  christos /* Find the proper relocation for the given opcode.  */
   3463  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3464  1.1.1.2  christos static extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type
   3465  1.1.1.2  christos find_reloc (const char *name,
   3466  1.1.1.2  christos 	    const char *opcodename,
   3467  1.1.1.2  christos 	    const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3468  1.1.1.2  christos 	    int nflg,
   3469  1.1.1.2  christos 	    extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   3470  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3471  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int i;
   3472  1.1.1.2  christos   int j;
   3473  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean found_flag, tmp;
   3474  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type ret = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3475  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3476  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_equiv_tab; i++)
   3477  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3478  1.1.1.2  christos       const struct arc_reloc_equiv_tab *r = &arc_reloc_equiv[i];
   3479  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3480  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Find the entry.  */
   3481  1.1.1.2  christos       if (strcmp (name, r->name))
   3482  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3483  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r->mnemonic && (strcmp (r->mnemonic, opcodename)))
   3484  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3485  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r->flags[0])
   3486  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3487  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!nflg)
   3488  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3489  1.1.1.2  christos 	  found_flag = FALSE;
   3490  1.1.1.3  christos 	  unsigned * psflg = (unsigned *)r->flags;
   3491  1.1.1.3  christos 	  do
   3492  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3493  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tmp = FALSE;
   3494  1.1.1.3  christos 	      for (j = 0; j < nflg; j++)
   3495  1.1.1.3  christos 		if (!strcmp (pflags[j].name,
   3496  1.1.1.3  christos 			     arc_flag_operands[*psflg].name))
   3497  1.1.1.3  christos 		  {
   3498  1.1.1.3  christos 		    tmp = TRUE;
   3499  1.1.1.3  christos 		    break;
   3500  1.1.1.3  christos 		  }
   3501  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!tmp)
   3502  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3503  1.1.1.3  christos 		  found_flag = FALSE;
   3504  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   3505  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3506  1.1.1.3  christos 	      else
   3507  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3508  1.1.1.3  christos 		  found_flag = TRUE;
   3509  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3510  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ++ psflg;
   3511  1.1.1.3  christos 	    } while (*psflg);
   3512  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3513  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!found_flag)
   3514  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3515  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3516  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3517  1.1.1.2  christos       if (reloc != r->oldreloc)
   3518  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3519  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Found it.  */
   3520  1.1.1.2  christos       ret = r->newreloc;
   3521  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3522  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3523  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3524  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ret == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3525  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("Unable to find %s relocation for instruction %s"),
   3526  1.1.1.2  christos 	    name, opcodename);
   3527  1.1.1.2  christos   return ret;
   3528  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3529  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3530  1.1.1.3  christos /* All the symbol types that are allowed to be used for
   3531  1.1.1.3  christos    relaxation.  */
   3532  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3533  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3534  1.1.1.3  christos may_relax_expr (expressionS tok)
   3535  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3536  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if we have unrelaxable relocs.  */
   3537  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok.X_md)
   3538  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3539  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3540  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3541  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_plt:
   3542  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   3543  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3544  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3545  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok.X_op)
   3546  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3547  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_symbol:
   3548  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_multiply:
   3549  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_divide:
   3550  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_modulus:
   3551  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_add:
   3552  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   3553  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3554  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3555  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3556  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   3557  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3558  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3559  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3560  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3561  1.1.1.3  christos /* Checks if flags are in line with relaxable insn.  */
   3562  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3563  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3564  1.1.1.3  christos relaxable_flag (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
   3565  1.1.1.3  christos 		const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3566  1.1.1.3  christos 		int nflgs)
   3567  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3568  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_class,
   3569  1.1.1.3  christos     flag,
   3570  1.1.1.3  christos     flag_class_idx = 0,
   3571  1.1.1.3  christos     flag_idx = 0;
   3572  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3573  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_flag_operand *flag_opand;
   3574  1.1.1.3  christos   int i, counttrue = 0;
   3575  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3576  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Iterate through flags classes.  */
   3577  1.1.1.3  christos   while ((flag_class = ins->flag_classes[flag_class_idx]) != 0)
   3578  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3579  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Iterate through flags in flag class.  */
   3580  1.1.1.3  christos       while ((flag = arc_flag_classes[flag_class].flags[flag_idx])
   3581  1.1.1.3  christos 	     != 0)
   3582  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3583  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flag_opand = &arc_flag_operands[flag];
   3584  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Iterate through flags in ins to compare.  */
   3585  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < nflgs; ++i)
   3586  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3587  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (strcmp (flag_opand->name, pflags[i].name) == 0)
   3588  1.1.1.3  christos 		++counttrue;
   3589  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   3590  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3591  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++flag_idx;
   3592  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3593  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3594  1.1.1.3  christos       ++flag_class_idx;
   3595  1.1.1.3  christos       flag_idx = 0;
   3596  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3597  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3598  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If counttrue == nflgs, then all flags have been found.  */
   3599  1.1.1.3  christos   return (counttrue == nflgs ? TRUE : FALSE);
   3600  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3601  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3602  1.1.1.3  christos /* Checks if operands are in line with relaxable insn.  */
   3603  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3604  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3605  1.1.1.3  christos relaxable_operand (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
   3606  1.1.1.3  christos 		   const expressionS *tok,
   3607  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int ntok)
   3608  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3609  1.1.1.3  christos   const enum rlx_operand_type *operand = &ins->operands[0];
   3610  1.1.1.3  christos   int i = 0;
   3611  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3612  1.1.1.3  christos   while (*operand != EMPTY)
   3613  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3614  1.1.1.3  christos       const expressionS *epr = &tok[i];
   3615  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3616  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i != 0 && i >= ntok)
   3617  1.1.1.3  christos 	return FALSE;
   3618  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3619  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (*operand)
   3620  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3621  1.1.1.3  christos 	case IMMEDIATE:
   3622  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!(epr->X_op == O_multiply
   3623  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_divide
   3624  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_modulus
   3625  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_add
   3626  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_subtract
   3627  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_symbol))
   3628  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3629  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3630  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3631  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_DUP:
   3632  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((i <= 0)
   3633  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (epr->X_add_number != tok[i - 1].X_add_number))
   3634  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3635  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3636  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER:
   3637  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_register)
   3638  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3639  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3640  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3641  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_S:
   3642  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_register)
   3643  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3644  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3645  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (epr->X_add_number)
   3646  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3647  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3:
   3648  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15:
   3649  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   3650  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   3651  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3652  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   3653  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3654  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3655  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_NO_GP:
   3656  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((epr->X_op != O_register)
   3657  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (epr->X_add_number == 26)) /* 26 is the gp register.  */
   3658  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3659  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3660  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3661  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BRACKET:
   3662  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_bracket)
   3663  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3664  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3665  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3666  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3667  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Don't understand, bail out.  */
   3668  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3669  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3670  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3671  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3672  1.1.1.3  christos       ++i;
   3673  1.1.1.3  christos       operand = &ins->operands[i];
   3674  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3675  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3676  1.1.1.3  christos   return (i == ntok ? TRUE : FALSE);
   3677  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3678  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3679  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return TRUE if this OPDCODE is a candidate for relaxation.  */
   3680  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3681  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3682  1.1.1.3  christos relax_insn_p (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   3683  1.1.1.3  christos 	      const expressionS *tok,
   3684  1.1.1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   3685  1.1.1.3  christos 	      const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3686  1.1.1.3  christos 	      int nflg)
   3687  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3688  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   3689  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean rv = FALSE;
   3690  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3691  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the relaxation table.  */
   3692  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_relaxable_ins && relaxation_state; ++i)
   3693  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3694  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_relaxable_ins *arc_rlx_ins = &arc_relaxable_insns[i];
   3695  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3696  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((strcmp (opcode->name, arc_rlx_ins->mnemonic_r) == 0)
   3697  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && may_relax_expr (tok[arc_rlx_ins->opcheckidx])
   3698  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relaxable_operand (arc_rlx_ins, tok, ntok)
   3699  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relaxable_flag (arc_rlx_ins, pflags, nflg))
   3700  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3701  1.1.1.3  christos 	  rv = TRUE;
   3702  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->fr_subtype = arc_relaxable_insns[i].subtype;
   3703  1.1.1.3  christos 	  memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.tok, tok,
   3704  1.1.1.3  christos 		sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   3705  1.1.1.3  christos 	  memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.pflags, pflags,
   3706  1.1.1.3  christos 		sizeof (struct arc_flags) * nflg);
   3707  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->tc_frag_data.nflg = nflg;
   3708  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->tc_frag_data.ntok = ntok;
   3709  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3710  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3711  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3712  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3713  1.1.1.3  christos   return rv;
   3714  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3715  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3716  1.1.1.2  christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   3717  1.1.1.2  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   3718  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3719  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3720  1.1.1.2  christos assemble_insn (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   3721  1.1.1.2  christos 	       const expressionS *tok,
   3722  1.1.1.2  christos 	       int ntok,
   3723  1.1.1.2  christos 	       const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3724  1.1.1.2  christos 	       int nflg,
   3725  1.1.1.2  christos 	       struct arc_insn *insn)
   3726  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3727  1.1.1.2  christos   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   3728  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned image;
   3729  1.1.1.2  christos   const unsigned char *argidx;
   3730  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   3731  1.1.1.2  christos   int tokidx = 0;
   3732  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned char pcrel = 0;
   3733  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean needGOTSymbol;
   3734  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean has_delay_slot = FALSE;
   3735  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3736  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3737  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   3738  1.1.1.2  christos   image = opcode->opcode;
   3739  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3740  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_insn: %s using opcode %x\n",
   3741  1.1.1.2  christos 	    frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->name,
   3742  1.1.1.2  christos 	    opcode->opcode);
   3743  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3744  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Handle operands.  */
   3745  1.1.1.2  christos   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   3746  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3747  1.1.1.2  christos       const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*argidx];
   3748  1.1.1.2  christos       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   3749  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3750  1.1.1.2  christos       if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE)
   3751  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET))
   3752  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3753  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3754  1.1.1.2  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   3755  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3756  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Duplicate operand, already inserted.  */
   3757  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tokidx ++;
   3758  1.1.1.2  christos 	  continue;
   3759  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3760  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3761  1.1.1.2  christos       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3762  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3763  1.1.1.2  christos 	  abort ();
   3764  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3765  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   3766  1.1.1.2  christos 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   3767  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3768  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Regardless if we have a reloc or not mark the instruction
   3769  1.1.1.2  christos 	 limm if it is the case.  */
   3770  1.1.1.2  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3771  1.1.1.2  christos 	insn->has_limm = TRUE;
   3772  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3773  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (t->X_op)
   3774  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3775  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_register:
   3776  1.1.1.2  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   3777  1.1.1.2  christos 				  NULL, 0);
   3778  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3779  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3780  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_constant:
   3781  1.1.1.2  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   3782  1.1.1.2  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   3783  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3784  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn->limm = t->X_add_number;
   3785  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3786  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3787  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_bracket:
   3788  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Ignore brackets.  */
   3789  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3790  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3791  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_absent:
   3792  1.1.1.2  christos 	  gas_assert (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE);
   3793  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3794  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3795  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_subtract:
   3796  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Maybe register range.  */
   3797  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((t->X_add_number == 0)
   3798  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && contains_register (t->X_add_symbol)
   3799  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && contains_register (t->X_op_symbol))
   3800  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3801  1.1.1.2  christos 	      int regs;
   3802  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3803  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs = get_register (t->X_add_symbol);
   3804  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs <<= 16;
   3805  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs |= get_register (t->X_op_symbol);
   3806  1.1.1.2  christos 	      image = insert_operand (image, operand, regs, NULL, 0);
   3807  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3808  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3809  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3810  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3811  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This operand needs a relocation.  */
   3812  1.1.1.2  christos 	  needGOTSymbol = FALSE;
   3813  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3814  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (t->X_md)
   3815  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3816  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_plt:
   3817  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
   3818  1.1.1.3  christos 		as_bad_where (frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line,
   3819  1.1.1.3  christos 			      _("Unable to use @plt relocatio for insn %s"),
   3820  1.1.1.3  christos 			      opcode->name);
   3821  1.1.1.2  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
   3822  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = find_reloc ("plt", opcode->name,
   3823  1.1.1.2  christos 				  pflags, nflg,
   3824  1.1.1.2  christos 				  operand->default_reloc);
   3825  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3826  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3827  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_gotoff:
   3828  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_gotpc:
   3829  1.1.1.2  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
   3830  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3831  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3832  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_pcl:
   3833  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3834  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (ARC_SHORT (opcode->mask) || opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
   3835  1.1.1.2  christos 		as_bad_where (frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line,
   3836  1.1.1.2  christos 			      _("Unable to use @pcl relocation for insn %s"),
   3837  1.1.1.2  christos 			      opcode->name);
   3838  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3839  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_sda:
   3840  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = find_reloc ("sda", opcode->name,
   3841  1.1.1.2  christos 				  pflags, nflg,
   3842  1.1.1.2  christos 				  operand->default_reloc);
   3843  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3844  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tlsgd:
   3845  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tlsie:
   3846  1.1.1.2  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
   3847  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Fall-through.  */
   3848  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3849  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tpoff:
   3850  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_dtpoff:
   3851  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3852  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3853  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3854  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
   3855  1.1.1.2  christos 			     the insn.  */
   3856  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_dtpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
   3857  1.1.1.2  christos 			      the insn.  */
   3858  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
   3859  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3860  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3861  1.1.1.2  christos 	    default:
   3862  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Just consider the default relocation.  */
   3863  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   3864  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3865  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3866  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3867  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (needGOTSymbol && (GOT_symbol == NULL))
   3868  1.1.1.2  christos 	    GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
   3869  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3870  1.1.1.2  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   3871  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3872  1.1.1.2  christos #if 0
   3873  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (reloc > 0)
   3874  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3875  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* sanity checks.  */
   3876  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   3877  1.1.1.2  christos 		= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   3878  1.1.1.2  christos 					 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   3879  1.1.1.2  christos 	      unsigned reloc_bitsize = reloc_howto->bitsize;
   3880  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (reloc_howto->rightshift)
   3881  1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_bitsize -= reloc_howto->rightshift;
   3882  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (reloc_bitsize != operand->bits)
   3883  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3884  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("invalid relocation %s for field"),
   3885  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_get_reloc_code_name (reloc));
   3886  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return;
   3887  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3888  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3889  1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   3890  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   3891  1.1.1.2  christos 	    as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   3892  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3893  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct arc_fixup *fixup;
   3894  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   3895  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->exp = *t;
   3896  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->reloc = reloc;
   3897  1.1.1.2  christos 	  pcrel = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_PCREL) ? 1 : 0;
   3898  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
   3899  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->islong = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM) ?
   3900  1.1.1.2  christos 	    TRUE : FALSE;
   3901  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3902  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3903  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3904  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3905  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Handle flags.  */
   3906  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < nflg; i++)
   3907  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3908  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand = pflags[i].flgp;
   3909  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3910  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Check if the instruction has a delay slot.  */
   3911  1.1.1.2  christos       if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "d"))
   3912  1.1.1.2  christos 	has_delay_slot = TRUE;
   3913  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3914  1.1.1.2  christos       /* There is an exceptional case when we cannot insert a flag
   3915  1.1.1.2  christos 	 just as it is.  The .T flag must be handled in relation with
   3916  1.1.1.2  christos 	 the relative address.  */
   3917  1.1.1.2  christos       if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t")
   3918  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || !strcmp (flg_operand->name, "nt"))
   3919  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3920  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unsigned bitYoperand = 0;
   3921  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* FIXME! move selection bbit/brcc in arc-opc.c.  */
   3922  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t"))
   3923  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
   3924  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
   3925  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
   3926  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   3927  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
   3928  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3929  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
   3930  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
   3931  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
   3932  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   3933  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
   3934  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3935  1.1.1.2  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_exp != NULL);
   3936  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (reloc_exp->X_op == O_constant)
   3937  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3938  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Check if we have a constant and solved it
   3939  1.1.1.2  christos 		 immediately.  */
   3940  1.1.1.2  christos 	      offsetT val = reloc_exp->X_add_number;
   3941  1.1.1.2  christos 	      image |= insert_operand (image, &arc_operands[bitYoperand],
   3942  1.1.1.2  christos 				       val, NULL, 0);
   3943  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3944  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3945  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3946  1.1.1.2  christos 	      struct arc_fixup *fixup;
   3947  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3948  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   3949  1.1.1.2  christos 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   3950  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3951  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   3952  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   3953  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->reloc = -bitYoperand;
   3954  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
   3955  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->islong = FALSE;
   3956  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3957  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3958  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   3959  1.1.1.2  christos 	image |= (flg_operand->code & ((1 << flg_operand->bits) - 1))
   3960  1.1.1.2  christos 	  << flg_operand->shift;
   3961  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3962  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3963  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->relax = relax_insn_p (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflg);
   3964  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3965  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Short instruction?  */
   3966  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->short_insn = ARC_SHORT (opcode->mask) ? TRUE : FALSE;
   3967  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3968  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->insn = image;
   3969  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3970  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Update last insn status.  */
   3971  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[1]		   = arc_last_insns[0];
   3972  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].opcode	   = opcode;
   3973  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].has_limm	   = insn->has_limm;
   3974  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot = has_delay_slot;
   3975  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3976  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if the current instruction is legally used.  */
   3977  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
   3978  1.1.1.3  christos       && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   3979  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line,
   3980  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("A jump/branch instruction in delay slot."));
   3981  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3982  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3983  1.1.1.2  christos void
   3984  1.1.1.2  christos arc_handle_align (fragS* fragP)
   3985  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3986  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((fragP)->fr_type == rs_align_code)
   3987  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3988  1.1.1.2  christos       char *dest = (fragP)->fr_literal + (fragP)->fr_fix;
   3989  1.1.1.2  christos       valueT count = ((fragP)->fr_next->fr_address
   3990  1.1.1.2  christos 		      - (fragP)->fr_address - (fragP)->fr_fix);
   3991  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3992  1.1.1.2  christos       (fragP)->fr_var = 2;
   3993  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3994  1.1.1.2  christos       if (count & 1)/* Padding in the gap till the next 2-byte
   3995  1.1.1.2  christos 		       boundary with 0s.  */
   3996  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3997  1.1.1.2  christos 	  (fragP)->fr_fix++;
   3998  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *dest++ = 0;
   3999  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4000  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Writing nop_s.  */
   4001  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (dest, NOP_OPCODE_S, 2);
   4002  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4003  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4004  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4005  1.1.1.2  christos /* Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative
   4006  1.1.1.2  christos    to the beginning of the section instead of the symbol.  Basically
   4007  1.1.1.2  christos    we need to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done
   4008  1.1.1.2  christos    correctly, so in some cases we force the original symbol to be
   4009  1.1.1.2  christos    used.  */
   4010  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4011  1.1.1.2  christos int
   4012  1.1.1.2  christos tc_arc_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixP)
   4013  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4014  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4015  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols.  */
   4016  1.1.1.2  christos   if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy))
   4017  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   4018  1.1.1.2  christos   if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
   4019  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   4020  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4021  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT.  */
   4022  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   4023  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4024  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
   4025  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   4026  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   4027  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   4028  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   4029  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   4030  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
   4031  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4032  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4033  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4034  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4035  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4036  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   4037  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4038  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4039  1.1.1.2  christos /* Compute the reloc type of an expression EXP.  */
   4040  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4041  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   4042  1.1.1.2  christos arc_check_reloc (expressionS *exp,
   4043  1.1.1.2  christos 		 bfd_reloc_code_real_type *r_type_p)
   4044  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4045  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*r_type_p == BFD_RELOC_32
   4046  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op == O_subtract
   4047  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op_symbol != NULL
   4048  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op_symbol->bsym->section == now_seg)
   4049  1.1.1.2  christos     *r_type_p = BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL;
   4050  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4051  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4052  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4053  1.1.1.2  christos /* Add expression EXP of SIZE bytes to offset OFF of fragment FRAG.  */
   4054  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4055  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4056  1.1.1.2  christos arc_cons_fix_new (fragS *frag,
   4057  1.1.1.2  christos 		  int off,
   4058  1.1.1.2  christos 		  int size,
   4059  1.1.1.2  christos 		  expressionS *exp,
   4060  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type)
   4061  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4062  1.1.1.2  christos   r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   4063  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4064  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (size)
   4065  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4066  1.1.1.2  christos     case 1:
   4067  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_8;
   4068  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4069  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4070  1.1.1.2  christos     case 2:
   4071  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
   4072  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4073  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4074  1.1.1.2  christos     case 3:
   4075  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_24;
   4076  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4077  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4078  1.1.1.2  christos     case 4:
   4079  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
   4080  1.1.1.2  christos       arc_check_reloc (exp, &r_type);
   4081  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4082  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4083  1.1.1.2  christos     case 8:
   4084  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
   4085  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4086  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4087  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4088  1.1.1.2  christos       as_bad (_("unsupported BFD relocation size %u"), size);
   4089  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   4090  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4091  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4092  1.1.1.2  christos   fix_new_exp (frag, off, size, exp, 0, r_type);
   4093  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4094  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4095  1.1.1.2  christos /* The actual routine that checks the ZOL conditions.  */
   4096  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4097  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   4098  1.1.1.2  christos check_zol (symbolS *s)
   4099  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4100  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (arc_mach_type)
   4101  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4102  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arcv2:
   4103  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_target & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
   4104  1.1.1.2  christos 	return;
   4105  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4106  1.1.1.2  christos       if (is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode)
   4107  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot)
   4108  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("Jump/Branch instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4109  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4110  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4111  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4112  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arc600:
   4113  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4114  1.1.1.2  christos       if (is_kernel_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4115  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("Kernel instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4116  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4117  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4118  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_last_insns[0].has_limm
   4119  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4120  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("A jump instruction with long immediate detected at the \
   4121  1.1.1.2  christos end of the ZOL label @%s"), S_GET_NAME (s));
   4122  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4123  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   4124  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arc700:
   4125  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot)
   4126  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("An illegal use of delay slot detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4127  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4128  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4129  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4130  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4131  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4132  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4133  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4134  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4135  1.1.1.2  christos /* If ZOL end check the last two instruction for illegals.  */
   4136  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4137  1.1.1.2  christos arc_frob_label (symbolS * sym)
   4138  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4139  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_ZOL)
   4140  1.1.1.2  christos     check_zol (sym);
   4141  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4142  1.1.1.2  christos   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   4143      1.1  christos }
   4144  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4145  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used because generic relaxation assumes a pc-rel value whilst we
   4146  1.1.1.3  christos    also relax instructions that use an absolute value resolved out of
   4147  1.1.1.3  christos    relative values (if that makes any sense).  An example: 'add r1,
   4148  1.1.1.3  christos    r2, @.L2 - .'  The symbols . and @.L2 are relative to the section
   4149  1.1.1.3  christos    but if they're in the same section we can subtract the section
   4150  1.1.1.3  christos    offset relocation which ends up in a resolved value.  So if @.L2 is
   4151  1.1.1.3  christos    .text + 0x50 and . is .text + 0x10, we can say that .text + 0x50 -
   4152  1.1.1.3  christos    .text + 0x40 = 0x10.  */
   4153  1.1.1.3  christos int
   4154  1.1.1.3  christos arc_pcrel_adjust (fragS *fragP)
   4155  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4156  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
   4157  1.1.1.3  christos     return fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
   4158  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4159  1.1.1.3  christos   return 0;
   4160  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4161  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4162  1.1.1.3  christos /* Initialize the DWARF-2 unwind information for this procedure.  */
   4163  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4164  1.1.1.3  christos void
   4165  1.1.1.3  christos tc_arc_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4166  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4167  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Stack pointer is register 28.  */
   4168  1.1.1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (28, 0);
   4169  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4170  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4171  1.1.1.3  christos int
   4172  1.1.1.3  christos tc_arc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
   4173  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4174  1.1.1.3  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   4175  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4176  1.1.1.3  christos   sym = hash_find (arc_reg_hash, regname);
   4177  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   4178  1.1.1.3  christos     return S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   4179  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4180  1.1.1.3  christos   return -1;
   4181  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4182  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4183  1.1.1.3  christos /* Adjust the symbol table.  Delete found AUX register symbols.  */
   4184  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4185  1.1.1.3  christos void
   4186  1.1.1.3  christos arc_adjust_symtab (void)
   4187  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4188  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS * sym;
   4189  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4190  1.1.1.3  christos   for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
   4191  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4192  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I've created a symbol during parsing process.  Now, remove
   4193  1.1.1.3  christos 	 the symbol as it is found to be an AUX register.  */
   4194  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_AUX)
   4195  1.1.1.3  christos 	symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
   4196  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4197  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4198  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Now do generic ELF adjustments.  */
   4199  1.1.1.3  christos   elf_adjust_symtab ();
   4200  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4201  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4202  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4203  1.1.1.3  christos tokenize_extinsn (extInstruction_t *einsn)
   4204  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4205  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p, c;
   4206  1.1.1.3  christos   char *insn_name;
   4207  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char major_opcode;
   4208  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char sub_opcode;
   4209  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char syntax_class = 0;
   4210  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char syntax_class_modifiers = 0;
   4211  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char suffix_class = 0;
   4212  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   4213  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4214  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4215  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4216  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 1st: get instruction name.  */
   4217  1.1.1.3  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4218  1.1.1.3  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&p);
   4219  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4220  1.1.1.3  christos   insn_name = xstrdup (p);
   4221  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4222  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4223  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 2nd: get major opcode.  */
   4224  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4225  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4226  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after instruction name"));
   4227  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4228  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4229  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4230  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4231  1.1.1.3  christos   major_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
   4232  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4233  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 3rd: get sub-opcode.  */
   4234  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4235  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4236  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4237  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4238  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after major opcode"));
   4239  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4240  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4241  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4242  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4243  1.1.1.3  christos   sub_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
   4244  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4245  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 4th: get suffix class.  */
   4246  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4247  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4248  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4249  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4250  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad ("expected comma after sub opcode");
   4251  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4252  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4253  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4254  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4255  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4256  1.1.1.3  christos   while (1)
   4257  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4258  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4259  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4260  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass); i++)
   4261  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4262  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!strncmp (suffixclass[i].name, input_line_pointer,
   4263  1.1.1.3  christos 			suffixclass[i].len))
   4264  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4265  1.1.1.3  christos 	      suffix_class |= suffixclass[i].attr_class;
   4266  1.1.1.3  christos 	      input_line_pointer += suffixclass[i].len;
   4267  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4268  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4269  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4270  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4271  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass))
   4272  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4273  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad ("invalid suffix class");
   4274  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4275  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4276  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4277  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4278  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4279  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4280  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
   4281  1.1.1.3  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4282  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4283  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   4284  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4285  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4286  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 5th: get syntax class and syntax class modifiers.  */
   4287  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4288  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4289  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad ("expected comma after suffix class");
   4290  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4291  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4292  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4293  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4294  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4295  1.1.1.3  christos   while (1)
   4296  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4297  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4298  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4299  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod); i++)
   4300  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4301  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!strncmp (syntaxclassmod[i].name,
   4302  1.1.1.3  christos 			input_line_pointer,
   4303  1.1.1.3  christos 			syntaxclassmod[i].len))
   4304  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4305  1.1.1.3  christos 	      syntax_class_modifiers |= syntaxclassmod[i].attr_class;
   4306  1.1.1.3  christos 	      input_line_pointer += syntaxclassmod[i].len;
   4307  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4308  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4309  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4310  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4311  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod))
   4312  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4313  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass); i++)
   4314  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4315  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!strncmp (syntaxclass[i].name,
   4316  1.1.1.3  christos 			    input_line_pointer,
   4317  1.1.1.3  christos 			    syntaxclass[i].len))
   4318  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4319  1.1.1.3  christos 		  syntax_class |= syntaxclass[i].attr_class;
   4320  1.1.1.3  christos 		  input_line_pointer += syntaxclass[i].len;
   4321  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   4322  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   4323  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4324  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4325  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass))
   4326  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4327  1.1.1.3  christos 	      as_bad ("missing syntax class");
   4328  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4329  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return;
   4330  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4331  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4332  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4333  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4334  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4335  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
   4336  1.1.1.3  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4337  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4338  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   4339  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4340  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4341  1.1.1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4342  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4343  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->name   = insn_name;
   4344  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->major  = major_opcode;
   4345  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->minor  = sub_opcode;
   4346  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->syntax = syntax_class;
   4347  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->modsyn = syntax_class_modifiers;
   4348  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->suffix = suffix_class;
   4349  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->flags  = syntax_class
   4350  1.1.1.3  christos     | (syntax_class_modifiers & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED ? 0x10 : 0);
   4351  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4352  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4353  1.1.1.3  christos /* Generate an extension section.  */
   4354  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4355  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   4356  1.1.1.3  christos arc_set_ext_seg (void)
   4357  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4358  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!arcext_section)
   4359  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4360  1.1.1.3  christos       arcext_section = subseg_new (".arcextmap", 0);
   4361  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, arcext_section,
   4362  1.1.1.3  christos 			     SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   4363  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4364  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   4365  1.1.1.3  christos     subseg_set (arcext_section, 0);
   4366  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   4367  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4368  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4369  1.1.1.3  christos /* Create an extension instruction description in the arc extension
   4370  1.1.1.3  christos    section of the output file.
   4371  1.1.1.3  christos    The structure for an instruction is like this:
   4372  1.1.1.3  christos    [0]: Length of the record.
   4373  1.1.1.3  christos    [1]: Type of the record.
   4374  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4375  1.1.1.3  christos    [2]: Major opcode.
   4376  1.1.1.3  christos    [3]: Sub-opcode.
   4377  1.1.1.3  christos    [4]: Syntax (flags).
   4378  1.1.1.3  christos    [5]+ Name instruction.
   4379  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4380  1.1.1.3  christos    The sequence is terminated by an empty entry.  */
   4381  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4382  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4383  1.1.1.3  christos create_extinst_section (extInstruction_t *einsn)
   4384  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4385  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4386  1.1.1.3  christos   segT old_sec    = now_seg;
   4387  1.1.1.3  christos   int old_subsec  = now_subseg;
   4388  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4389  1.1.1.3  christos   int name_len    = strlen (einsn->name);
   4390  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4391  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_set_ext_seg ();
   4392  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4393  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4394  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = 5 + name_len + 1;
   4395  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4396  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = EXT_INSTRUCTION;
   4397  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4398  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->major;
   4399  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4400  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->minor;
   4401  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4402  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->flags;
   4403  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
   4404  1.1.1.3  christos   strcpy (p, einsn->name);
   4405  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4406  1.1.1.3  christos   subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4407  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4408  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4409  1.1.1.3  christos /* Handler .extinstruction pseudo-op.  */
   4410  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4411  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4412  1.1.1.3  christos arc_extinsn (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4413  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4414  1.1.1.3  christos   extInstruction_t einsn;
   4415  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode *arc_ext_opcodes;
   4416  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *errmsg = NULL;
   4417  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char moplow, mophigh;
   4418  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4419  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&einsn, 0, sizeof (einsn));
   4420  1.1.1.3  christos   tokenize_extinsn (&einsn);
   4421  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4422  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if the name is already used.  */
   4423  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_find_opcode (einsn.name))
   4424  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn (_("Pseudocode already used %s"), einsn.name);
   4425  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4426  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the opcode ranges.  */
   4427  1.1.1.3  christos   moplow = 0x05;
   4428  1.1.1.3  christos   mophigh = (arc_target & (ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM
   4429  1.1.1.3  christos 			   | ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS)) ? 0x07 : 0x0a;
   4430  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4431  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((einsn.major > mophigh) || (einsn.major < moplow))
   4432  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("major opcode not in range [0x%02x - 0x%02x]"), moplow, mophigh);
   4433  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4434  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((einsn.minor > 0x3f) && (einsn.major != 0x0a)
   4435  1.1.1.3  christos       && (einsn.major != 5) && (einsn.major != 9))
   4436  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("minor opcode not in range [0x00 - 0x3f]"));
   4437  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4438  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (einsn.syntax & ARC_SYNTAX_MASK)
   4439  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4440  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_3OP:
   4441  1.1.1.3  christos       if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED)
   4442  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_IMM_IMPLIED"));
   4443  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4444  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_2OP:
   4445  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_1OP:
   4446  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_NOP:
   4447  1.1.1.3  christos       if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM)
   4448  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_MUST_BE_IMM"));
   4449  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4450  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4451  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4452  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4453  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4454  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_ext_opcodes = arcExtMap_genOpcode (&einsn, arc_target, &errmsg);
   4455  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_ext_opcodes == NULL)
   4456  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4457  1.1.1.3  christos       if (errmsg)
   4458  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
   4459  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4460  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Couldn't generate extension instruction opcodes"));
   4461  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4462  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (errmsg)
   4463  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   4464  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4465  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Insert the extension instruction.  */
   4466  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_insert_opcode ((const struct arc_opcode *) arc_ext_opcodes);
   4467  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4468  1.1.1.3  christos   create_extinst_section (&einsn);
   4469  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4470  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4471  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4472  1.1.1.3  christos tokenize_extregister (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
   4473  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4474  1.1.1.3  christos   char *name;
   4475  1.1.1.3  christos   char *mode;
   4476  1.1.1.3  christos   char c;
   4477  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4478  1.1.1.3  christos   int number, imode = 0;
   4479  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean isCore_p = (opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
   4480  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_boolean isReg_p  = (opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER
   4481  1.1.1.3  christos 			  || opertype == EXT_AUX_REGISTER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
   4482  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4483  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 1st: get register name.  */
   4484  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4485  1.1.1.3  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4486  1.1.1.3  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&p);
   4487  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4488  1.1.1.3  christos   name = xstrdup (p);
   4489  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4490  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4491  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 2nd: get register number.  */
   4492  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4493  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4494  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4495  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4496  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after register name"));
   4497  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4498  1.1.1.3  christos       free (name);
   4499  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4500  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4501  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4502  1.1.1.3  christos   number = get_absolute_expression ();
   4503  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4504  1.1.1.3  christos   if (number < 0)
   4505  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4506  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("negative operand number %d"), number);
   4507  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4508  1.1.1.3  christos       free (name);
   4509  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4510  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4511  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4512  1.1.1.3  christos   if (isReg_p)
   4513  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4514  1.1.1.3  christos       /* 3rd: get register mode.  */
   4515  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4516  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4517  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4518  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4519  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("expected comma after register number"));
   4520  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4521  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4522  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4523  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4524  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4525  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4526  1.1.1.3  christos       mode = input_line_pointer;
   4527  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4528  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strncmp (mode, "r|w", 3))
   4529  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4530  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = 0;
   4531  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 3;
   4532  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4533  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!strncmp (mode, "r", 1))
   4534  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4535  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = ARC_REGISTER_READONLY;
   4536  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 1;
   4537  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4538  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (mode, "w", 1))
   4539  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4540  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("invalid mode"));
   4541  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4542  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4543  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4544  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4545  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4546  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4547  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = ARC_REGISTER_WRITEONLY;
   4548  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 1;
   4549  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4550  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4551  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4552  1.1.1.3  christos   if (isCore_p)
   4553  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4554  1.1.1.3  christos       /* 4th: get core register shortcut.  */
   4555  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4556  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4557  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4558  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("expected comma after register mode"));
   4559  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4560  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4561  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4562  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4563  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4564  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4565  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4566  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strncmp (input_line_pointer, "cannot_shortcut", 15))
   4567  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4568  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode |= ARC_REGISTER_NOSHORT_CUT;
   4569  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 15;
   4570  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4571  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "can_shortcut", 12))
   4572  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4573  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("shortcut designator invalid"));
   4574  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4575  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4576  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4577  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4578  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4579  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4580  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 12;
   4581  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4582  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4583  1.1.1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4584  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4585  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->name = name;
   4586  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->number = number;
   4587  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->imode  = imode;
   4588  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4589  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4590  1.1.1.3  christos /* Create an extension register/condition description in the arc
   4591  1.1.1.3  christos    extension section of the output file.
   4592  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4593  1.1.1.3  christos    The structure for an instruction is like this:
   4594  1.1.1.3  christos    [0]: Length of the record.
   4595  1.1.1.3  christos    [1]: Type of the record.
   4596  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4597  1.1.1.3  christos    For core regs and condition codes:
   4598  1.1.1.3  christos    [2]: Value.
   4599  1.1.1.3  christos    [3]+ Name.
   4600  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4601  1.1.1.3  christos    For auxilirary registers:
   4602  1.1.1.3  christos    [2..5]: Value.
   4603  1.1.1.3  christos    [6]+ Name
   4604  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4605  1.1.1.3  christos    The sequence is terminated by an empty entry.  */
   4606  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4607  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4608  1.1.1.3  christos create_extcore_section (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
   4609  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4610  1.1.1.3  christos   segT old_sec   = now_seg;
   4611  1.1.1.3  christos   int old_subsec = now_subseg;
   4612  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4613  1.1.1.3  christos   int name_len   = strlen (ereg->name);
   4614  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4615  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_set_ext_seg ();
   4616  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4617  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (opertype)
   4618  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4619  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_COND_CODE:
   4620  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
   4621  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4622  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = 3 + name_len + 1;
   4623  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4624  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = opertype;
   4625  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4626  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = ereg->number;
   4627  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4628  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
   4629  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4630  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = 6 + name_len + 1;
   4631  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4632  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
   4633  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4634  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >> 24) & 0xff;
   4635  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4636  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >> 16) & 0xff;
   4637  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4638  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >>  8) & 0xff;
   4639  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4640  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number)       & 0xff;
   4641  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4642  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4643  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4644  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4645  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4646  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
   4647  1.1.1.3  christos   strcpy (p, ereg->name);
   4648  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4649  1.1.1.3  christos   subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4650  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4651  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4652  1.1.1.3  christos /* Handler .extCoreRegister pseudo-op.  */
   4653  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4654  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4655  1.1.1.3  christos arc_extcorereg (int opertype)
   4656  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4657  1.1.1.3  christos   extRegister_t ereg;
   4658  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
   4659  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *retval;
   4660  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flag_operand *ccode;
   4661  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4662  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&ereg, 0, sizeof (ereg));
   4663  1.1.1.3  christos   tokenize_extregister (&ereg, opertype);
   4664  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4665  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (opertype)
   4666  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4667  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
   4668  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Core register.  */
   4669  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ereg.number > 60)
   4670  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("core register %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
   4671  1.1.1.3  christos 		ereg.number);
   4672  1.1.1.3  christos       declare_register (ereg.name, ereg.number);
   4673  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4674  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
   4675  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Auxiliary register.  */
   4676  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr = XNEW (struct arc_aux_reg);
   4677  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->name = ereg.name;
   4678  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->cpu = arc_target;
   4679  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->subclass = NONE;
   4680  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->address = ereg.number;
   4681  1.1.1.3  christos       retval = hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, (void *) auxr);
   4682  1.1.1.3  christos       if (retval)
   4683  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash aux register '%s': %s"),
   4684  1.1.1.3  christos 		  auxr->name, retval);
   4685  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4686  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_COND_CODE:
   4687  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Condition code.  */
   4688  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ereg.number > 31)
   4689  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("condition code %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
   4690  1.1.1.3  christos 		ereg.number);
   4691  1.1.1.3  christos       ext_condcode.size ++;
   4692  1.1.1.3  christos       ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode =
   4693  1.1.1.3  christos 	XRESIZEVEC (struct arc_flag_operand, ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode,
   4694  1.1.1.3  christos 		    ext_condcode.size + 1);
   4695  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode == NULL)
   4696  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
   4697  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4698  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode + ext_condcode.size - 1;
   4699  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->name   = ereg.name;
   4700  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->code   = ereg.number;
   4701  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->bits   = 5;
   4702  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->shift  = 0;
   4703  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->favail = 0; /* not used.  */
   4704  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode++;
   4705  1.1.1.3  christos       memset (ccode, 0, sizeof (struct arc_flag_operand));
   4706  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4707  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4708  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Unknown extension"));
   4709  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4710  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4711  1.1.1.3  christos   create_extcore_section (&ereg, opertype);
   4712  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4713  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4714  1.1.1.3  christos /* Local variables:
   4715  1.1.1.3  christos    eval: (c-set-style "gnu")
   4716  1.1.1.3  christos    indent-tabs-mode: t
   4717  1.1.1.3  christos    End:  */
   4718